Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2019 Subaru Crosstrek 112477
2019 Subaru Crosstrek 112477
2019 Subaru Crosstrek 112477
MSA5M1907A
WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-road vehicle can expose you to
chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
OWNER’S MANUAL
phthalates and lead, which are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
A1340BE-A
Issued May 2018 Crosstrek
2019
Printed in USA 05/18
To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle 2019A
Foreword
Foreword
SFWAA
Congratulations on choosing a SUBARU vehicle. This Owner’s
Manual has all the information necessary to keep your SUBARU in
excellent condition and to properly maintain the emission control
system for minimizing emission pollutants. We urge you to read this
manual carefully so that you may understand your vehicle and its
operation. For information not found in this Owner’s Manual, such
as details concerning repairs or adjustments, please contact the
SUBARU dealer from whom you purchased your SUBARU or the
nearest SUBARU dealer.
The information, specifications and illustrations found in this
manual are those in effect at the time of printing. SUBARU
CORPORATION reserves the right to change specifications and
designs at any time without prior notice and without incurring any
obligation to make the same or similar changes on vehicles
previously sold. This Owner’s Manual applies to all models and
covers all equipment, including factory installed options. Some
explanations, therefore may be for equipment not installed in your
vehicle.
Please leave this manual in the vehicle at the time of resale. The next
owner will need the information found herein.
SUBARU CORPORATION, TOKYO, JAPAN
“SUBARU” and the six-star cluster design are registered trademarks of SUBARU CORPORATION.
*
C Copyright 2018 SUBARU CORPORATION
Vehicle types
SFWAB
This manual describes the following vehicle types.
1
S00
Warranties & Warranties except for U.S.A. How to use this Owner’s 0
S00AA and Canada Manual
& Warranties for U.S.A. S00AA06
All warranty information, including details S00AB
S00AA01
SUBARU vehicles distributed by Subaru of of coverage and exclusions, is in the & Using your Owner’s Manual
S00AB01
America, Inc. and sold at retail by an “Warranty and Maintenance Booklet”. Before you operate your vehicle, carefully
authorized SUBARU dealer in the United Read these warranties carefully. read this manual. To protect yourself and
States come with the following warranties: extend the service life of your vehicle,
. SUBARU Limited Warranties follow the instructions in this manual.
. Federal Emission Control Systems Failure to observe these instructions may
Warranties result in serious injury and damage to your
. California Emissions Control Sys- vehicle.
tems Warranties This manual is composed of fourteen
All warranty information, including applic- chapters. Each chapter begins with a brief
ability, details of coverage and exclusions, table of contents, so you can usually tell at
is in the “Warranty and Maintenance a glance if that chapter contains the
Booklet”. Read these warranties carefully. information you want.
Chapter 1: Seat, seatbelt and SRS air-
& Warranties for Canada bags
S00AA05
SUBARU vehicles distributed by Subaru This chapter informs you how to use the
Canada, Inc. and sold at retail by an seat and seatbelt and contains precau-
authorized SUBARU dealer in Canada tions for the SRS airbags.
come with the following warranties: Chapter 2: Keys and doors
. SUBARU Limited Warranty This chapter informs you how to operate
. Emission Control System Warranty the keys, locks and windows.
Chapter 3: Instruments and controls
All warranty information, including applic-
This chapter informs you about the opera-
ability, details of coverage and exclusions,
tion of instrument panel indicators and how
is in the “Warranty and Service Booklet”.
to use the instruments and other switches.
Read these warranties carefully.
– CONTINUED –
Vehicle symbols Safety precautions when . The SRS airbags deploy with
S00AC driving considerable speed and force.
There are some of the symbols you may S00AD
Occupants who are out of proper
see on your vehicle. & Seatbelt and SRS airbag position when the SRS airbag
S00AD01 deploys could suffer very serious
For warning and indicator lights, refer to injuries. Because the SRS airbag
“Warning and indicator lights” F23. WARNING
needs enough space for deploy-
Mark Name . All persons in the vehicle must ment, the driver should always sit
fasten their seatbelts BEFORE upright and well back in the seat
WARNING the vehicle starts to move. Other- as far from the steering wheel as
wise, the possibility of serious practical while still maintaining
injury becomes greater in the full vehicle control and the front
CAUTION event of a sudden stop or acci- passenger should move the seat
dent. as far back as possible and sit
upright and well back in the seat.
Read these instructions care- . To obtain maximum protection in
fully the event of an accident, the For instructions and precautions, carefully
driver and all passengers must read the following sections.
Wear eye protection always wear seatbelts when in
the vehicle. The SRS (Supple- . For the seatbelt system, refer to “Seat-
mental Restraint System) airbag belts” F1-12.
Battery fluid contains sulfuric does not do away with the need to . For the SRS airbag system, refer to
acid “SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
fasten seatbelts. In combination
with the seatbelts, it offers the tem airbag)” F1-39.
Keep children away best combined protection in case
of a serious accident.
Keep flames away Not wearing a seatbelt increases
the chance of severe injury or
death in a crash even when the
Prevent explosions vehicle has the SRS airbag.
& Child safety with considerable speed and themselves or others through 0
S00AD02
force and can injure or even kill inadvertent operation of the ve-
WARNING children, especially if they are not hicle. Also, on hot or sunny days,
restrained or improperly re- temperature in a closed vehicle
. Never hold a child on your lap or strained. Because children are could quickly become high en-
in your arms while the vehicle is lighter and weaker than adults, ough to cause severe or possibly
moving. The passenger cannot their risk of being injured from fatal injuries to them.
protect the child from injury in a deployment is greater. . When leaving the vehicle, close
collision, because the child will . NEVER INSTALL A CHILD SEAT all windows and lock all doors.
be caught between the passen- IN THE FRONT SEAT. DOING SO
ger and objects inside the vehi- RISKS SERIOUS INJURY OR For instructions and precautions, carefully
cle. DEATH TO THE CHILD BY PLA- read the following sections.
. While riding in the vehicle, infants CING THE CHILD’S HEAD TOO . For the seatbelt system, refer to “Seat-
and small children should always CLOSE TO THE SRS AIRBAG. belts” F1-12.
be seated in the REAR seat in an . Always turn the child safety locks . For the child restraint system, refer to
infant or child restraint system to the “LOCK” position when “Child restraint systems” F1-25.
which is appropriate for the children sit in the rear seat. . For the SRS airbag system, refer to
child’s age, height and weight. If Serious injury could result if a “SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
a child is too big for a child child accidentally opens the door tem airbag)” F1-39.
restraint system, the child should and falls out. Refer to “Child
sit in the REAR seat and be safety locks” F2-27.
restrained using the seatbelts.
According to accident statistics, . Always lock the passenger’s win-
children are safer when properly dows using the lock switch when
restrained in the rear seating children are riding in the vehicle.
positions than in the front seating Failure to follow this procedure
positions. Never allow a child to could result in injury to a child
stand up or kneel on the seat. operating the power window. Re-
fer to “Windows” F2-28.
. Place children in the REAR seat
properly restrained at all times in . Never leave unattended children,
a child restraint device or in a adults or animals in the vehicle.
seatbelt. The SRS airbag deploys They could accidentally injure
– CONTINUED –
& Engine exhaust gas (carbon vehicle, have the problem sumed too much alcohol to drive safely
monoxide) checked and corrected as soon even if the level of alcohol in your blood is
S00AD03 as possible. If you must drive below the legal limit. The safest thing you
WARNING under these conditions, drive can do is never drink and drive. However if
only with all windows fully open. you have no choice but to drive, stop
. Never inhale engine exhaust gas. . Keep the rear gate closed while drinking and sober up completely before
Engine exhaust gas contains driving to prevent exhaust gas getting behind the wheel.
carbon monoxide, a colorless from entering the vehicle.
and odorless gas which is dan- & Drugs and driving
S00AD05
gerous, or even lethal, if inhaled.
. Always properly maintain the en- & Drinking and driving WARNING
S00AD04
gine exhaust system to prevent
engine exhaust gas from entering There are some drugs (over the
WARNING counter and prescription) that can
the vehicle.
Drinking and then driving is very delay your reaction time and impair
. Never run the engine in a closed your perception, judgment and at-
space, such as a garage, except dangerous. Alcohol in the blood-
stream delays your reaction time tentiveness. If you drive after taking
for the brief time needed to drive them, it may increase your, your
the vehicle in or out of it. and impairs your perception, judg-
ment and attentiveness. If you drive passengers’ and other persons’ risk
. Avoid remaining in a parked ve- after drinking – even if you drink just of being involved in a serious or fatal
hicle for a lengthy time while the a little – it will increase the risk of accident.
engine is running. If that is un- being involved in a serious or fatal
avoidable, then use the ventila- accident, injuring or killing yourself, If you are taking any drugs, check with
tion fan to force fresh air into the your passengers and others. In your doctor or pharmacist or read the
vehicle. addition, if you are injured in the literature that accompanies the medication
. Always keep the front ventilator accident, alcohol may increase the to determine if the drug you are taking can
inlet grille free from snow, leaves severity of that injury. impair your driving ability. Do not drive
or other obstructions to ensure after taking any medications that can make
Please don’t drink and drive. you drowsy or otherwise affect your ability
that the ventilation system al-
ways works properly. to safely operate a motor vehicle. If you
Drunken driving is one of the most frequent have a medical condition that requires you
. If at any time you suspect that causes of accidents. Since alcohol affects to take drugs, please consult with your
exhaust fumes are entering the all people differently, you may have con- doctor.
Never drive if you are under the influence & Modification of your vehicle & Driving vehicles equipped 0
of any illicit mind-altering drugs. For your S00AD07
with navigation system
own health and well-being, we urge you CAUTION S00AD09
Never restrain pets or pet carriers in the & Attaching accessories General information
front passenger’s seat. For further infor- S00AD15
S00AK
mation, consult your veterinarian, local WARNING & California Perchlorate Advi-
animal protection society or pet shop. sory
. Do not attach any accessories, S00AK03
Certain vehicle components such as air-
& Tire pressures labels or stickers (other than
bag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and
S00AD11
Check and, if necessary, adjust the pres- properly placed inspection stick-
ers) to the windshield. Such keyless entry transmitter batteries may
sure of each tire (including the spare) at contain perchlorate material. Special
least once a month and before any long items may obstruct your view.
handling may apply for service or vehicle
journey. . If it is necessary to attach an end of life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
accessory (such as an electronic hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Check the tire pressure when the tires are toll collection (ETC) device or
cold. Use a pressure gauge to adjust the security pass) to the windshield,
tire pressures to the values shown on the & Noise from under the vehicle
consult your SUBARU dealer for S00AK01
tire placard. For detailed information, refer details on the proper location. NOTE
to “Tires and wheels” F11-21. You may hear a noise from under the
vehicle approximately 5 to 10 hours
WARNING after the ignition switch is turned to the
Driving at high speeds with “LOCK”/“OFF” position. However, this
does not indicate a malfunction. This
excessively low tire pressures noise is caused by the operation of the
can cause the tires to deform fuel evaporation leakage checking sys-
severely and to rapidly be- tem and the operation is normal. The
come hot. A sharp increase in noise will stop after approximately 15
temperature could cause tread minutes.
separation, and destruction of
the tires. The resulting loss of & Event data recorder
S00AK04
vehicle control could lead to This vehicle is equipped with an event data
an accident. recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition
that will assist in understanding how a to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties,
0
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is such as law enforcement, that have the
designed to record data related to vehicle special equipment, can read the informa-
dynamics and safety systems for a short tion if they have access to the vehicle or
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the EDR.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passen-
ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE:
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle
only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash
location) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely ac-
quired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required, and access to the
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(1,1)
Table of contents
12
1) Engine hood (page 11-5)
Illustrated index 2) Front wipers (page 3-74)
S00AE 3) Headlights (page 3-64)
& Exterior 4) Replacing bulbs (page 11-37)
S00AE01
5) Moonroof (page 2-32)
6) Roof rails (page 8-14)
7) Outside mirror (page 3-85)
8) Door locks (page 2-21)
9) Tire pressure (page 11-23)
10) Flat tires (page 9-5)
11) Snow tires (page 8-10)
12) Fog lights (page 3-71)
13) Tie-down hooks (page 9-13)
14) Towing hook (page 9-13)
13
1) Rear window defogger (page 3-86)
2) Fuel filler lid and cap (page 7-4) 0
3) Child safety locks (page 2-27)
4) Tie-down hole (page 9-13)
5) Replacing bulbs (page 11-37)
6) Rear gate (page 2-30)
7) Towing hook (page 9-13)
8) Rear window wiper (page 3-76)
– CONTINUED –
14
1) Lower anchorages for child restraint
& Interior system (page 1-34)
S00AE02
2) Seatbelt (page 1-12)
! Passenger compartment area
S00AE0201 3) Front seat (page 1-2)
4) Rear seat (page 1-2)
5) Buttons for SUBARU STARLINK
NOTE
For U.S.-spec. models with SUBARU
STARLINK: Refer to the Owner’s Man-
ual supplement for SUBARU STARLINK
Safety and Security.
15
1) Power windows (page 2-28)
2) Door locks (page 2-21) 0
3) Remote control mirror switch (page 3-85)
4) Glove box (page 6-5)
5) Front power supply socket (page 6-7)
6) Shift lever (MT models) (page 7-21)/
Select lever (CVT models) (page 7-24)
7) Seat heater switches (page 1-10)
8) Cup holder (page 6-6)
9) X-MODE switch (page 7-39)
10) Center console (page 6-6)
11) Parking brake lever (page 7-43)
– CONTINUED –
16
1) Steering responsive fog lights OFF
& Instrument panel switch (page 3-71)/Steering Responsive
S00AE03
Headlight off switch (page 3-69)
2) Illumination brightness control
(page 3-12)
3) Combination meter (page 3-8)
4) Type A multi-function display (black and
white) (page 3-40)/Type B multi-function
display (color LCD) (page 3-45)
5) Audio and navigation system*
6) Hazard warning flasher switch (page 3-8)
7) Climate control (page 4-2)
8) Tilt/Telescopic steering (page 3-87)
9) BSD/RCTA OFF switch (page 7-53)
10) Fuse box (page 11-35)
11) Hood lock release knob (page 11-5)
12) Vehicle Dynamics Control OFF switch
(page 7-37)
*: For details about how to use the audio
and navigation system, refer to the sepa-
rate navigation/audio Owner’s Manual.
NOTE
For models with the EyeSight system:
Refer to the Owner’s Manual supple-
ment for the EyeSight system.
17
1) Audio control switches*
2) INFO button for type A multi-function 0
display (black and white) (page 3-40)/
INFO button for type B multi-function
display (color LCD) (page 3-45)
3) Cruise control (page 7-48)
4) Shift paddle (page 7-26)
5) Heated Steering Wheel switch (page 3-
88)
6) SRS airbag (page 1-39)
7) Horn (page 3-89)
8) Combination meter display (color LCD)
control switches (page 3-33)
9) Talk switch for voice command system*/
Hands-free phone switches*
*: For details about how to use the
switches, refer to the separate naviga-
tion/audio Owner’s Manual.
– CONTINUED –
18
1) Windshield wiper (page 3-73)
& Light control and wiper control levers/switches 2) Mist (page 3-74)
S00AE04
3) Windshield washer (page 3-75)
4) Rear window wiper and washer switch
(page 3-76)
5) Wiper intermittent time control switch
(page 3-75)
6) Wiper control lever (page 3-73)
7) Light control switch (page 3-63)
8) Fog light switch (page 3-71)
9) Headlight ON/OFF/AUTO (page 3-64)
10) Headlight flasher High/Low beam change
(page 3-65)
11) Turn signal lever (page 3-72)
19
1) Tachometer (page 3-8)
& Combination meter 2) Select lever/gear position indicator 0
S00AE05
(page 3-30)
! U.S.-spec. models (type A)
S00AE0538 3) Trip meter and odometer (page 3-9)
4) Speedometer (page 3-8)
5) ECO gauge (page 3-10)
6) Fuel gauge (page 3-10)
The illustration above is a typical example. For some models, the combination meter may
be slightly different than that shown in the illustration.
– CONTINUED –
20
1) Tachometer (page 3-8)
! U.S.-spec. models (type B) 2) Select lever/gear position indicator
S00AE0549
(page 3-30)
3) Combination meter display (color LCD)
(page 3-33)
4) Trip meter and odometer (page 3-9)
5) Speedometer (page 3-8)
6) Fuel gauge (page 3-10)
The illustration above is a typical example. For some models, the combination meter may
be slightly different than that shown in the illustration.
21
1) Tachometer (page 3-8)
! Except U.S.-spec. models (type A) 2) Select lever/gear position indicator 0
S00AE0531
(page 3-30)
3) Trip meter and odometer (page 3-9)
4) Speedometer (page 3-8)
5) ECO gauge (page 3-10)
6) Fuel gauge (page 3-10)
The illustration above is a typical example. For some models, the combination meter may
be slightly different than that shown in the illustration.
– CONTINUED –
22
1) Tachometer (page 3-8)
! Except U.S.-spec. models (type B) 2) Select lever/gear position indicator
S00AE0519
(page 3-30)
3) Combination meter display (color LCD)
(page 3-33)
4) Trip meter and odometer (page 3-9)
5) Speedometer (page 3-8)
6) Fuel gauge (page 3-10)
The illustration above is a typical example. For some models, the combination meter may
be slightly different than that shown in the illustration.
23
& Warning and indicator lights Mark Name Page Mark Name Page
0
S00AE06
AT OIL TEMP warning 3-18 High beam assist indi- 3-30
Mark Name Page light (CVT models) cator light (if equipped)
24
Steering responsive
fog lights warning indi-
cator/Steering respon- 3-31
sive fog lights OFF
indicator (if equipped)
25
Function settings 0
S00AF
& Function settings and adjustments on the combination meter display (color LCD)
S00AF01
If your vehicle is equipped with a combination meter display (color LCD), setting adjustments to the following items can be manually
changed within the display to meet your personal requirements.
NOTE
If your vehicle is not equipped with a combination meter display (color LCD), setting changes to the following items will need
to be performed by a SUBARU dealer. Refer to“Function settings and adjustments performed by a dealer” F28.
– CONTINUED –
26
27
– CONTINUED –
28
& Individual settings and adjustments excluding combination meter display (color LCD)
S00AF02
29
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(33,1)
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
. Never drive the vehicle with the
head restraints removed because
they are designed to reduce the
risk of serious neck injury in the
event that the vehicle is struck
from the rear. Also, never install
the head restraints the opposite
way round. Doing so will prevent
the head restraints from function-
ing as intended. Therefore, when
WARNING WARNING you remove the head restraints,
you must reinstall all head re-
Seatbelts provide maximum re- Never stack luggage or other cargo straints correctly to protect vehi-
straint when the occupant sits well higher than the top of the seatback cle occupants.
back and upright in the seat. Do not because it could tumble forward and
. All occupants, including the dri-
put cushions or any other materials injure passengers in the event of a
ver, should not operate a vehicle
between occupants and seatbacks sudden stop or accident.
or sit in a vehicle’s seat until the
or seat cushions. If you do so, the
head restraints are placed in their
risk of sliding under the lap belt and
proper positions in order to mini-
of the lap belt sliding up over the
mize the risk of neck injury in the
abdomen will increase, and both can
event of a crash.
result in serious internal injury or
death.
& Front seats ! Reclining the seatback ! Seat height adjustment (driver’s 1
S01AQ02 S01AQ020102
seat)
! Manual seat (if equipped) S01AQ020103
S01AQ0201
– CONTINUED –
! Power seat (driver’s seat – if & Rear seats ! Folding down the rear seatback
S01AQ03 S01AQ0302
equipped)
S01AQ0202 ! Armrest (if equipped) WARNING
S01AQ0301
WARNING 1
When returning the seatback to its
original position, observe the fol-
lowing precaution.
Failure to observe the precaution
may damage the seatbelt, impairing
its effectiveness, and possibly re-
sult in a serious injury.
. When returning the seatback to
its original position, pull the
seatbelt out towards the vehicle
Unlock the seatback by pulling the lock exterior so that it will not be Lock release knob
release knob and then fold the seatback caught between the seatback 1) Unlocked
down. and the trim. 2) Locked
A) Unlocking marker in red
! Return the rear seatback
S01AQ0303 To return the seatback to its original
position, raise the seatback until it locks
into place and make sure that the unlock-
ing marker on the lock release knob is no
longer visible.
WARNING
When you return the seatback to its
original position, check that the
unlocking marker on the lock re-
lease knob is not visible. Also, move
the seatback back and forth to
confirm that it is securely fixed in
place. If the seatback is not securely
fixed in place, the seatback may
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
The front seat head restraints are
designed to be installed into the
front seats only. The rear seat head
restraints are designed to be in-
stalled into the rear seats only. Do
not attempt to install the front seat
head restraints into the rear seats, or
the rear seat head restraints into the
front seats.
Each head restraint should be adjusted so
1) Head restraint that the center of the head restraint is
NOTE 2) Release button closest to the top of the occupant’s ears.
It is possible to adjust the angle of the
To raise:
front seat head restraints only. When NOTE
installing the front seat head restraints, Pull the head restraint up.
When the head restraint cannot be
make sure that the angle of the head To lower: pulled out or installed due to insuffi-
restraints can be adjusted. Push the head restraint down while press- cient clearance between the head re-
ing the release button on the top of the straint and the roof, tilt the seat and
seatback. then perform the installation and re-
To remove: moval tasks.
While pressing the release button, pull out
the head restraint.
! Angle adjustment ! Rear seats After installing the head restraint, make
S01AQ040102 S01AQ0402
sure it is securely locked.
1
Both the rear window side seats and the
rear center seat are equipped with head ! Rear center seating position
restraints. S01AQ040202
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION
1) Head restraint . People with delicate skin may
2) Release button suffer slight burns even at low
To raise: temperatures if they use the seat
heater for a long period of time.
Pull the head restraint up.
When using the heater, always be
To lower: sure to warn the persons con-
Push the head restraint down while press- cerned.
ing the release button on the top of the
. Do not put anything on the seat
seatback.
which insulates against heat,
To remove: such as a blanket, cushion, or
While pressing the release button, pull out similar items. This may cause the
the head restraint. seat heater to overheat.
To install: . When the seat is warmed enough
Install the head restraint into the holes that or before you leave the vehicle,
are located on the top of the seatback until be sure to turn off the seat heater.
the head restraint locks. Press and hold
the release button to lower the head
restraint.
NOTE & Operation To turn on the seat heater, push the “LO” or
1
S01AB04 “HI” position on the switch, as desired,
Use of the seat heater for a long period depending on the temperature.
of time while the engine is not running Selecting the “HI” position will cause the
can cause battery discharge. seat to heat up quicker.
To turn off the seat heater, lightly press the
opposite side of the current position.
The indicator located on the switch illumi-
nates when the seat heater is in operation.
1) HI – Rapid heating
2) LO – Normal heating
3) Off
A) Left-hand side
B) Right-hand side
passenger when any of the SRS frontal, times. cannot be properly positioned, a child
side and curtain airbags deploy. restraint system should be used. Never
1
NEVER INSTALL A CHILD SEAT IN
THE FRONT SEAT. DOING SO RISKS place the shoulder belt under the child’s
! Infants or small children
S01AE0101
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO arm or behind the child’s back.
Use a child restraint system that is suitable
for your vehicle. Refer to “Child restraint THE CHILD BY PLACING THE ! Expectant mothers
S01AE0103
systems” F1-25. CHILD’S HEAD TOO CLOSE TO
THE SRS AIRBAG.
! Children
S01AE0102 According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
WARNING restrained in the rear seating posi-
Place children in the rear seat prop- tions than in the front seating posi-
erly restrained at all times. The SRS tions. For instructions and precau-
airbag deploys with considerable tions concerning the child restraint
speed and force and can injure or system, refer to “Child restraint
even kill children, especially if they systems” F1-25.
are not restrained or improperly
restrained. Because children are If a child is too big for a child restraint
lighter and weaker than adults, their system, the child should sit in the rear seat
risk of being injured from deploy- and be restrained using the seatbelts. Expectant mothers also need to use the
ment is greater. For that reason, we According to accident statistics, children seatbelts. They should consult their doctor
strongly recommend that ALL chil- are safer when properly restrained in the for specific recommendations. The lap belt
dren (including those in child seats rear seating positions than in the front should be worn securely and as low as
and those that have outgrown child seating positions. Never allow a child to possible over the hips, not over the waist.
restraint devices) sit in the REAR stand up or kneel on the seat.
seat properly restrained at all times If the shoulder portion of the belt crosses
in a child restraint device or in a the face or neck, move the child closer to
seatbelt, whichever is appropriate the belt buckle to help provide a good
for the child’s height and weight. shoulder belt fit. Care must be taken to
Secure ALL types of child restraint securely place the lap belt as low as
devices (including forward facing possible on the hips and not on the child’s
child seats) in the REAR seats at all waist. If the shoulder portion of the belt
– CONTINUED –
& Emergency Locking Retrac- the rear seats by the use of the seatbelt, 2. Sit well back in the seat.
tor (ELR) the seatbelt must be changed over to the 3. Pick up the tongue plate and pull the
S01AE02 Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode. belt out slowly. Do not let it get twisted.
The driver’s seatbelt has an Emergency
Locking Retractor (ELR). When the child restraint system is re- . If the belt stops before reaching the
moved, make sure that the seatbelt re- buckle, return the belt slightly and pull it
The emergency locking retractor allows
tracts fully and the retractor returned to the out more slowly.
normal body movement but the retractor
locks automatically during a sudden stop, Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) . If the belt still cannot be unlocked, let
impact or if you pull the belt very quickly mode. the belt retract slightly after giving it a
out of the retractor. For instructions on how to convert the strong pull, then pull it out slowly again.
retractor to the ALR mode and restore it to
& Automatic Locking Retractor/ the ELR mode, refer to “Installing child
Emergency Locking Retrac- restraint systems with ALR/ELR seatbelt”
tor (ALR/ELR) F1-29.
S01AE03
Each passenger’s seatbelt has an Auto- & Seatbelt warning light
matic Locking Retractor/Emergency Lock-
ing Retractor (ALR/ELR). The Automatic and chime S01AE04
– CONTINUED –
1. Raise the head restraint to the ex- 3. After drawing out the seatbelt, pass it 4. After confirming that the webbing is not
tended position. Do not remove the head through the belt guide as follows: First twisted, insert the connector (tongue)
restraint. insert one edge of the belt into the open attached at the webbing end into the
gap in the belt guide; then slide the rest of buckle on the right-hand side until a click
the belt in, so that the whole belt fits inside. is heard.
. If the belt stops before reaching the
buckle, return the belt slightly and pull it
out more slowly.
. If the belt still cannot be unlocked, let
the belt retract slightly after giving it a
strong pull, then pull it out slowly again.
5. Insert the center seatbelt tongue plate 2. Insert a tongue plate or other hard
into the center seatbelt buckle marked pointed object into the slot in the connector
“CENTER” on the left-hand side until it (buckle) on the right-hand side and push it
clicks. in. The connector (tongue) plate will then
1. Push the release button of the center disconnect from the buckle.
seatbelt buckle (on the left-hand side) to
unfasten the seatbelt.
NOTE
When the seatback is folded down for
greater cargo area, it is necessary to
disconnect the connector.
CAUTION
CAUTION
. Keep the belts free of polishes,
. Do not allow the retractor to roll oils, chemicals and particularly
up the seatbelt too quickly. Other- battery acid.
wise, the metal tongue plates . Never attempt to make modifica-
may hit against the trim, resulting tions or changes that will prevent
in damaged trim. the seatbelt from operating prop-
. Have the seatbelt fully rolled up erly.
so that the tongue plates are
neatly stored. A hanging tongue
plate can swing and hit against
the trim during driving, causing
3. Allow the retractor to roll up the belt. damage to the trim.
You should hold the webbing end and
guide it back into the retractor while it is
rolling up. Insert the connector (tongue)
into the belt holder.
. Side impact sensor ! In cases of rollover accident, frontal On the front passenger’s side, the
. Front door impact sensor collisions or side collisions, the shoulder belt pretensioner is supplemen-
. Rollover sensor following components will operate ted by a lap belt pretensioner, which is
simultaneously located at the base of the center pillar. Like
If the sensor detects a certain predeter- S01AF0101
For details, refer to “In cases of rollover the shoulder belt pretensioner, the lap belt
mined amount of force during frontal or accident, frontal collisions or side colli- pretensioner instantaneously pulls in the
side collisions or rollover accidents, any sions, the following components will oper- belt to eliminate slack if a certain level of
seatbelt that has a seatbelt pretensioner is ate simultaneously” F1-23. frontal collision force is detected. As a
quickly drawn back in by the retractor to result, the seatbelt restrains the front seat
take up the slack so that the belt more occupant more effectively.
effectively restrains the seat occupant.
& Seatbelt with shoulder belt
and lap belt pretensioners The front passenger’s seatbelt preten-
The driver’s seatbelt pretensioner includes S01AF02 sioner includes a tension reducing device
a tension reducing device which limits the
NOTE which limits the peak forces exerted by the
peak forces exerted by the seatbelt on the This section is applicable to the front seatbelt on the occupant in the event of a
occupant in the event of a collision. passenger’s side seatbelt. collision.
The adaptive force limiter will select a
When a seatbelt pretensioner is activated, reducing load to the suit body size of
an operating noise will be heard and a occupant as detected by the occupant
small amount of smoke will be released. detection sensor.
These occurrences are normal and not
harmful. This smoke does not indicate a When a seatbelt pretensioner is activated,
fire in the vehicle. an operating noise will be heard and a
small amount of smoke will be released.
Once the seatbelt pretensioner has been These occurrences are normal and not
activated, the seatbelt retractor remains harmful. This smoke does not indicate a
locked. Consequently, the seatbelt can not fire in the vehicle.
be pulled out and retracted and therefore
must be replaced. Once the seatbelt pretensioner has been
activated, the seatbelt pretensioner re-
1) Seatbelt retractor assembly (shoulder mains locked. Consequently, the seatbelt
belt pretensioner and adaptive force cannot be pulled out and retracted and
limiter) therefore must be replaced.
2) Lap belt pretensioner
! In cases of rollover accident, frontal collisions or side collisions, the following components will operate simultaneously 1
S01AF0201
Driver’s side Front passen- Front passen- SRS frontal SRS frontal
seatbelt pre- ger’s side ger’s side lap airbag for dri- airbag for front SRS curtain SRS side air-
tensioner shoulder belt belt preten- ver passenger airbags bags
pretensioner sioner
Rollover accidents * * – – – * –
both sides
*1
Frontal collisions * * * * * – –
Offset frontal * * * * * *1 * –
collisions both sides
*: Activated
–: Not activated
*1: This does not operate if the occupant detection system deactivates airbag operation.
*2: When both the satellite safing sensor and any of the center pillar impact sensors/front door impact sensors sense an impact force.
*3: When both the satellite safing sensor and the driver’s side front door impact sensor sense an impact force.
However, when a center pillar impact sensor detects a signal faster than the front door impact sensor, or both sensors detect signals simultaneously, the
seatbelt pretensioner does not activate.
*4: When both the satellite safing sensor and the front passenger’s side front door impact sensor sense an impact force.
However, when a center pillar impact sensor detects a signal faster than the front door impact sensor, or both sensors detect signals simultaneously, the
seatbelt pretensioner does not activate.
– CONTINUED –
& System monitors the seatbelt pretensioner, con- operate, contact your SUBARU dealer
A diagnostic system continually monitors
S01AF03
sult your nearest SUBARU deal- as soon as possible.
the readiness of the seatbelt pretensioner er.
with the ignition switch in the “ON” position. & Precautions against vehicle
The seatbelt pretensioners share the
CAUTION modification
control module with the SRS airbag S01AF05
Always consult your SUBARU dealer if you
system. Therefore, if any malfunction The sensors and SRS airbag control want to install any accessory parts to your
occurs in a seatbelt pretensioner, the modules are located in the following vehicle.
SRS airbag system warning light will locations.
illuminate. For details, refer to “SRS airbag CAUTION
system monitors” F1-68. . Front sub sensors: on both the
right and left side at the front of
Do not perform any of the following
the vehicle
& System servicing modifications. Such modifications
S01AF04 . Front door impact sensors: on can interfere with proper operation
WARNING both front doors of the seatbelt pretensioners.
. Satellite safing sensor: under the . Attachment of any equipment
. When discarding a seatbelt re- rear center seat (bush bar, winches, snow plow,
tractor assembly or scrapping . SRS airbag control module (in- skid plate, etc.) other than genu-
the entire vehicle damaged by a cluding the impact sensors): un- ine SUBARU accessory parts to
collision, consult your SUBARU der the center of the instrument the front end.
dealer. panel . Modification of the suspension
. Tampering with or disconnecting If you need service or repair in those system or front end structure.
the system’s wiring could result areas or near the front seatbelt
in accidental activation of the . Installation of a tire of different
retractors, have the work performed size and construction from the
seatbelt pretensioner and/or by your authorized SUBARU dealer.
SRS airbag or could make the tires specified on the vehicle
system inoperative, which may placard attached to the driver’s
result in serious injury. Do not door pillar or specified for indivi-
NOTE dual vehicle models in this Own-
use electrical test equipment on If the front or side part of the vehicle is
any circuit related to the seatbelt er’s Manual.
damaged in an accident to the extent
pretensioner and SRS airbag sys- that the seatbelt pretensioner does not
tems. For required servicing of
– CONTINUED –
ving, or accidents.
WARNING WARNING
. Child restraint systems and seat-
Never let a passenger hold a child on Children should be properly re- belts can become hot in a vehicle
his or her lap or in his or her arms strained at all times. Never allow a that has been closed up in sunny
while the vehicle is moving. The child to stand up, or to kneel on any weather; they could burn a small
passenger cannot protect the child seat. Unrestrained children will be child. Check the child restraint
from injury in a collision, because thrown forward during sudden stop system before you place a child
the child will be caught between the or in an accident and can be injured in it.
passenger and objects inside the seriously. . Do not leave an unsecured child
vehicle. Additionally, children standing up or restraint system in your vehicle.
Additionally, holding a child in your kneeling on or in front of the front Unsecured child restraint sys-
lap or arms in the front seat exposes seat are exposed another serious tems can be thrown around in-
that child to another serious danger. danger. Since the SRS airbag de- side of the vehicle in a sudden
Since the SRS airbag deploys with ploys with considerable speed and stop, turn or accident; they can
considerable speed and force, the force, the child could be injured or strike and injure vehicle occu-
child could be injured or even killed. even killed. pants as well as result in serious
injuries or death to the child.
the center seating position if a child priate for the child’s age, height
restraint system manufacturer’s instruc- and weight. According to acci-
tions permit and specify using anchors as dent statistics, children are safer
far apart as those in this vehicle. when properly restrained in the
If a child restraint system is not correctly rear seating positions than in the
fixed in place (for example, if a child front seating positions.
restraint system can be moved more than . Do not use lower anchorages
1 inch (2.5 cm) from side to side), you (bars) for a seat in the center
should install the child restraint system in a seating position unless a child
rear seat, window-side seating position. restraint system manufacturer’s
instructions permit and specify
WARNING using anchors spaced as far
. Even with advanced airbags, chil- apart as those in this vehicle.
dren can be seriously injured by . Do not connect two or more lower WARNING
the airbag. Place children in the hooks onto the same anchorage
rear seat properly restrained at (bar). . SINCE YOUR VEHICLE IS
all times. The SRS airbag deploys EQUIPPED WITH A PASSEN-
with considerable speed and GER’S SRS AIRBAG, NEVER IN-
force and can injure or even kill STALL A CHILD SAFETY SEAT IN
children, especially if they are not THE FRONT SEAT. DOING SO
restrained or improperly re- RISKS SERIOUS INJURY OR
strained. Because children are DEATH TO THE CHILD BY PLA-
lighter and weaker than adults, CING THE CHILD’S HEAD TOO
their risk of being injured from CLOSE TO THE SRS AIRBAG.
deployment is greater. . Do not allow children to lean their
For that reason, be sure to secure heads or other body parts against
ALL types of child restraint de- the door of the vehicle, or the
vices (including forward facing areas around the door. Deploy-
child seats) in the REAR seats at ment of the SRS side and curtain
all times. You should choose a airbags could impact the child
restraint device which is appro- resulting in death or serious
injury. & Choosing a child restraint & Installing child restraint sys- 1
. To secure the child restraint sys- system tems with ALR/ELR seatbelt
S01AG02 S01AG04
tem, be sure to comply with all
installation instructions provided CAUTION
by the child restraint manufac-
turer. Not doing so could result in When installing a child restraint
death or serious injury to chil- system in the rear center seating
dren in a sudden stop or acci- position, set both seatbacks to the
dent. original position. Otherwise, the
child restraint system cannot be
securely restrained, which may re-
sult in death or serious injuries in
the event of sudden stop, sudden
steering maneuver or an accident.
! Installing forward facing child re- restraint. For details, refer to “Rear
seats” F1-9.
1
straint
S01AG0402
Store the head restraint in the cargo
WARNING area. Avoid placing the head restraint
in the passenger compartment to pre-
. NEVER INSTALL A CHILD SEAT vent it from being thrown around in the
IN THE FRONT SEAT. DOING SO passenger compartment in a sudden
RISKS SERIOUS INJURY OR stop or a sharp turn.
DEATH TO THE CHILD BY PLA-
CING THE CHILD’S HEAD TOO – When a child restraint system is
CLOSE TO THE SRS AIRBAG. installed on the rear center seating
position, raise the rear seat head
. Before installing a child restraint restraint to the extended position. Do
system, be sure to confirm that not remove the head restraint. For
9. To remove the child restraint system, the seatback is securely locked details, refer to “Rear seats” F1-9.
press the release button on the seatbelt into place. Otherwise, in an acci- 3. Place the child restraint system in the
buckle and allow the belt to retract dent, serious injury or death rear seating position.
completely. The belt will return to the could result.
ELR mode. WARNING
1. Move the seatback back and forth to
NOTE confirm that it is securely locked into place. When you intend to install a child
– Check that the red colored unlock- restraint system on the rear center
When the child restraint system is no
ing marker which is attached to the seating position, if the child restraint
longer in use, remove it and restore the
bottom of the lock release knob is system does not fit snugly against
ELR function of the retractor. That
invisible. For details, refer to “Folding the contours of the rear center seat
function is restored by allowing the
down the rear seatback” F1-6. cushion, install the child restraint
seatbelt to retract fully.
2. Prepare the rear seat head restraint system on the window-side seating
where a child restraint system is intended position to be safe. For details, refer
to be installed in the following way. to “Where to place a child restraint
system” F1-27.
– When a child restraint system is
installed on the window-side seating
position, remove the rear seat head
– CONTINUED –
4. Run the lap and shoulder belt through 6. Take up the slack in the lap belt. 8. Before having a child sit in the child
or around the child restraint system follow- 7. Pull out the seatbelt fully from the restraint system, try to move it back and
ing the instructions provided by its manu- retractor to change the retractor over from forth and right and left to check if it is firmly
facturer. the Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) to secured. Sometimes a child restraint
– When a child restraint system is the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) system can be more firmly secured by
installed on the rear center seating function. Then, allow the belt to rewind into pushing it down into the seat cushion and
position, pass the rear center seatbelt the retractor. As the belt is rewinding, then tightening the seatbelt.
through the belt guide properly. For clicks will be heard which indicate the 9. Pull at the shoulder portion of the belt
details, refer to “Rear center seatbelt” retractor functions as ALR. to confirm that it cannot be pulled out (ALR
F1-17. properly functioning).
5. Insert the tongue plate into the buckle
until you hear a click.
press the release button on the seatbelt & Installing a booster seat 1
buckle and allow the belt to retract S01AG05
WARNING
. Never use a belt that is twisted or WARNING
reversed. In an accident, this can Attach the child restraint system to
increase the risk or severity of the anchors properly. When using
injury to the child. the LATCH anchors, be sure that
. Never place the shoulder belt there are no foreign objects around
under the child’s arm or behind the anchors. Also, the seat belts
the child’s back. If an accident should not be caught behind the
occurs, this can increase the risk child restraint system. Make sure
or severity of injury to the child. the child restraint system is se-
. The seatbelt should fit snugly in curely attached. Otherwise it may
order to provide full restraint. cause death or serious injury to
Loose fitting belts are not as children or other passengers in
sudden braking, swerving, or acci-
The lower anchorages (bars) are used for The tether anchorages (upper an-
installing a child restraint system only on chorages) are provided at the locations
the rear seat window-side seating posi- shown in the above illustration. For details,
tions. For each window-side seating posi- refer to “Top tether anchorages” F1-38.
tion, two lower anchorages are provided.
Each lower anchorage is located where
the seat cushion meets the seatback.
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
Before installing a child restraint
system, be sure to confirm that the
seatback is securely locked into
place. Otherwise, in an accident,
serious injury or death could result. 2. You will find marks “ ” at the bottom of Remove the covers and locate the lower
the rear seat seatbacks. These marks anchorages (bars).
1. Move the seatback back and forth to indicate the positions of the lower an- 3. Remove the rear seat head restraint.
confirm that it is securely locked into place. chorages (bars). For details, refer to “Rear seats” F1-9.
– Check that the red colored unlock-
ing marker which is attached to the CAUTION
bottom of the lock release knob is
invisible. For details, refer to “Folding Store the head restraint that has
down the rear seatback” F1-6. been removed in the cargo area.
Avoid placing the head restraint in
the passenger compartment to pre-
vent it from being thrown around in
the passenger compartment in a
sudden stop or a sharp turn.
4. While following the instructions sup- 5. [If your child restraint system is of a 7. Before seating a child in the child
plied by the child restraint system manu- flexible attachment type (which uses tether restraint system, try to move it back and
facturer, connect the lower hooks onto the belts to connect the child restraint system forth and right and left to verify that it is held
lower anchorages located at “ ” marks on properly to the lower anchorages)] securely in position.
the bottom of the rear seatback. When the While pushing the child restraint into the 8. To remove the child restraint system,
hooks are connected, make sure the seat cushion, pull both left and right lower follow the reverse procedures of installa-
adjacent seatbelts are not caught. tether belts up to secure the child restraint tion.
system firmly by taking up the slack in the
belt. If you have any question concerning this
type of child restraint system, ask your
6. Latch the top tether hook onto the
SUBARU dealer.
tether anchorage that is located behind the
rear seat and tighten the top tether firmly.
For additional instructions, refer to “Top
tether anchorages” F1-38.
– CONTINUED –
& Top tether anchorages ! Anchorage location ! To hook the top tether
S01AG09 S01AG0901 S01AG0902
Your vehicle is equipped with three top
tether anchorages so that a child restraint CAUTION
system having a top tether can be installed
in the rear seat. When installing a child . Except for the center seating
restraint system using top tether, proceed position, remove the head re-
as follows, while observing the instructions straint when mounting a child
by the child restraint system manufacturer. restraint system. Otherwise, it
might be possible that the top
Since a top tether can provide additional tether cannot be fastened tightly.
stability by offering another connection . For the center seating position,
between a child restraint system and the raise the center head restraint to
vehicle, we recommend that you use a top the extended position when
tether whenever one is required or avail- mounting a child restraint sys-
able. tem. Otherwise, it will be impos-
sible to use the seatbelt guide
that is attached to the head
restraint correctly.
The seatbelt guide is essential for
routing the belt webbing at the
center seating position. For in-
formation about using the seat-
belt guide, refer to “Rear center
seatbelt” F1-17.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-39
1-40 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
& General precautions regard- . The SRS side airbag and SRS
ing SRS airbag system curtain airbag are designed only
S01AH10 to be a supplement to the primary
WARNING protection provided by the seat-
belt. They do not eliminate the
. To obtain maximum protection in need to fasten seatbelts. It is also
the event of an accident, the important to wear your seatbelt to
driver and all passengers must help avoid injuries that can result
always wear seatbelts when in when an occupant is not seated
the vehicle. The SRS airbag is in a proper upright position.
designed only to be a supplement
to the primary protection pro-
vided by the seatbelt. It does not
eliminate the need to fasten seat-
belts. In combination with the WARNING
seatbelts, it offers the best com-
bined protection in case of a . The SRS airbags deploy with
serious accident. considerable speed and force.
Occupants who are out of proper
Not wearing a seatbelt increases position when the SRS airbag
the chance of severe injury or deploys could suffer very serious
death in a crash even when the injuries. Because the SRS airbag
vehicle has the SRS airbag. needs enough space for deploy-
For instructions and precautions ment, the driver should always sit
concerning the seatbelt system, upright and well back in the seat
refer to “Seatbelts” F1-12. as far from the steering wheel as
practical while still maintaining
full vehicle control and the front
passenger should move the seat
as far back as possible and sit
upright and well back in the seat.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-41
1-42 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-43
deploys, those objects could in- the SRS airbag deploys, those ob- pillar, the windshield, a side win- 1
terfere with its proper operation jects could become projectiles that dow, an assist grip, or any other
and could be propelled inside the could seriously injure vehicle occu- cabin surface that would be near
vehicle, causing injury. pants. a deploying SRS curtain airbag. A
. The key must not be attached to hands-free microphone or other
heavy, sharp or hard acces- accessory in such a location
sories, or another key. If the SRS could be propelled through the
knee airbag deploys, those ob- cabin with great force by the
jects could interfere with its curtain airbag, or it could prevent
proper operation and could be correct deployment of the curtain
propelled inside the vehicle and airbag. In either case, the result
cause injury. could be serious injuries.
WARNING
. Do not attach accessories to the
door trim or near either SRS side
airbags and do not place objects
near the SRS side airbags. In the
event of SRS side airbag deploy-
ment, they could be propelled
dangerously toward the vehicle’s WARNING
WARNING occupants and cause injuries.
Do not attach accessories to the . Do not attach a hands-free micro- Do not hang coat hangers or other
windshield, or fit an extra-wide mir- phone or any other accessory to hard or pointed objects on the coat
ror over the inside rear view mirror. If a front pillar, a center pillar, a rear hooks. If such items were hanging
on the coat hooks during deploy-
– CONTINUED –
1-44 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
ment of the SRS curtain airbags, face on or near the SRS side & General precautions regard-
they could cause serious injuries by airbag. They could prevent prop- ing SRS airbag system and
coming off the coat hooks and being er deployment of the SRS side children
thrown through the cabin or by airbag, reducing protection avail- S01AH14
WARNING
Place children in the rear seat prop-
erly restrained at all times. The SRS
airbag deploys with considerable
speed and force and can injure or
even kill children, especially if they
are not restrained or improperly
restrained. Because children are
WARNING lighter and weaker than adults, their
risk of being injured from deploy-
. Do not put any kind of clothes or ment is greater.
other objects over either front
seatback and do not attach labels For that reason, we strongly recom-
or stickers to the front seat sur- mend that ALL children (including
those in child seats and those that
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-45
– CONTINUED –
1-46 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
WARNING
. Never allow a child to do the
following.
– Kneel on any passenger’s seat
facing the side window
– Wrap his/her arms around the
front seat seatback
– Put his/her head, arms or
other parts of the body out of
the window
In the event of an accident, the
force of SRS side airbag and/or
WARNING
SRS curtain airbag deployment
Never hold a child on your lap or in could injure the child seriously
your arms. The SRS airbag deploys because his/her head, arms or
with considerable force and can other parts of the body are too
injure or even kill the child. close to the SRS side airbag and/
or SRS curtain airbag.
. Since your vehicle is also
equipped with a front passen-
ger’s SRS frontal airbag, children
should be placed in the rear seat
anyway and should be properly
restrained at all times.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-47
– CONTINUED –
1-48 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
1) Airbag control module (including impact 6) Side airbag module (driver’s side)
sensor and rollover sensor) 7) Side airbag module (front passenger’s
2) Frontal airbag module (driver’s side) side)
3) Frontal airbag module (front passenger’s 8) Side airbag sensor (center pillar left-hand
side) side)
4) Front sub sensor (left-hand side) 9) Side airbag sensor (center pillar right-
5) Front sub sensor (right-hand side) hand side)
10) Airbag wiring
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-49
& SUBARU advanced frontal ADVANCED AIR BAGS” and a tag at- different ways depending on the severity
1
airbag system tached to the glove box lid beginning with of impact.
S01AH02 the phrase “Even with Advanced Air
Your vehicle is equipped with a SUBARU Bags”. Make sure that you carefully read
advanced frontal airbag system that com- the instructions on the warning labels and
plies with the new advanced frontal airbag tag.
requirements in the amended Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) Always wear your seatbelt. The SUBARU
No. 208. advanced frontal airbag system is a
supplemental restraint system and must
The SUBARU advanced frontal airbag be used in combination with a seatbelt. All
system automatically determines the de- occupants should wear a seatbelt or be
ployment force of the driver’s SRS frontal seated in an appropriate child restraint
airbag at the time of deployment as well as system.
whether or not to activate the front
passenger’s SRS frontal airbag and, if For the locations of the SRS airbags, refer
activated, the deployment force of the SRS to “Components” F1-47.
SRS airbag system warning light
frontal airbag at the time of deployment. In a moderate to severe frontal collision,
Have the system inspected by your
the following components deploy.
SUBARU dealer immediately if the SRS
. SRS frontal airbag for driver airbag system warning light illuminates.
. SRS frontal airbag for front passenger
. SRS knee airbag for driver NOTE
. SRS curtain airbag*1 The driver’s SRS side airbag and SRS
curtain airbag are not controlled by the
*1: When an offset frontal collision that is severe SUBARU advanced frontal airbag sys-
enough to deploy the front airbag occurs. tem.
These components supplement the seat-
belts by reducing the impact to the
occupant’s head, chest and knees.
! Driver’s SRS frontal airbag
Your vehicle has warning labels on the S01AH0201
driver’s and front passenger’s sun visors The driver’s SRS frontal airbag uses a dual
beginning with the phrase “EVEN WITH stage inflator. The inflator operates in
– CONTINUED –
1-50 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
! Front passenger’s SRS frontal air- airbag deploys. This is normal. In this seat.
bag case, although the front passenger’s SRS . Do not place anything (shoes,
S01AH0202
The front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag frontal airbag does not operate, the front umbrella, etc.) under the front
uses a dual stage inflator. The inflator passenger’s seatbelt pretensioner oper- passenger’s seat.
operates in different ways depending on ates with the driver’s seatbelt preten-
sioner. For details about the seatbelt . Do not place any objects (books,
the severity of impact. etc.) around the front passen-
pretensioner, refer to “Seatbelt preten-
sioners” F1-21. ger’s seat.
. Do not use the front passenger’s
CAUTION seat with the head restraint re-
moved.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the . Do not leave any articles on the
SUBARU advanced frontal airbag front passenger’s seat or the
system from functioning correctly seatbelt tongue and buckle en-
or cause the system to fail. gaged when you leave your vehi-
cle.
. Do not apply any strong impact to
the front passenger’s seat such . Do not put sharp object(s) on the
as by kicking. seat or pierce the seat uphols-
tery.
1) Occupant detection sensors . Do not let rear passengers rest
their feet between the front seat- . Do not place a magnet near the
The occupant detection system sensors back and seat cushion. seatbelt buckle and the seatbelt
are installed between the seat and seat retractor.
. Do not spill liquid on the front
rails, and monitor the physique and pos- . Do not use front seats with their
passenger’s seat. If liquid is
ture of the front passenger. Using this forward-backward position and
spilled, wipe it off immediately.
information, the occupant detection sys- seatback not being locked into
tem determines whether the front passen- . Do not remove or disassemble place securely. If any of them are
ger’s SRS frontal airbag should be de- the front passenger’s seat. not locked securely, adjust them
ployed or not. . Do not install any accessory again. For adjusting procedure,
(such as an audio amplifier) other refer to “Forward and backward
The occupant detection system may not
than a genuine SUBARU acces- adjustment” F1-5 and “Reclining
inflate the front passenger’s SRS frontal
sory under the front passenger’s the seatback” F1-5.
airbag even when the driver’s SRS frontal
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-51
1-52 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
CAUTION
Electrical devices, such as cell
phones, laptops, portable music
players, or electronic games, espe-
cially when connected to the acces-
sory power outlet and placed on the
front passenger’s seat or used by
the person sitting in the front pas-
senger’s seat, may affect the opera- SRS airbag system warning light ON / : Front passenger’s frontal airbag ON
tion of the occupant detection sys- indicator
If the front passenger’s seat cushion is
tem. If either of the following situa- / : Front passenger’s frontal airbag OFF
wet, this may adversely affect the ability of indicator
tions occurs when using an electro-
the system to determine deployment.
nic device in the vehicle, at first try If the front passenger’s frontal airbag ON
Wipe off liquid from the seat, let the seat
to relocate that device to avoid it and OFF indicators do not work properly
dry naturally and then check the SRS
creating any interference. even when the front passenger’s seat is
airbag system warning light.
. The SRS airbag system warning dry, do not allow anyone to sit on the front
light illuminates. passenger’s seat and have the occupant
. The front passenger’s frontal air- detection system checked by your
bag ON and OFF indicators oper- SUBARU dealer.
ate erratically.
If the device continues to cause
interference, the use of that device
in the vehicle should be discontin-
ued.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-53
1-54 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-55
! Conditions in which front passen- ! If the passenger’s frontal airbag 3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
OFF indicator illuminates and the position.
1
ger’s SRS frontal airbag is activated
S01AH0205
The front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag ON indicator turns off even when
the front passenger’s seat is If the OFF indicator remains illuminated
will be activated for deployment upon while the ON indicator remains off, take the
impact when any of the following condi- occupied by an adult
S01AH020501 following actions.
tions are met regarding the front passen- 1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”/
ger’s seat. “OFF” position.
. When the seat is occupied by an adult. 2. Make sure that the front passenger
. When certain items (e.g. jug of water) does not use a blanket, seat cushion, seat
are placed on the seat. cover, seat heater or massager, etc.
3. If wearing excessive layers of clothing,
the front passenger should remove any
unnecessary items before sitting in the
front passenger’s seat, or should sit in a
rear seat.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
position and wait 6 seconds to allow the
ON / : Front passenger’s frontal airbag ON system to complete self-checking. Follow-
indicator ing the system check, both indicators turn
/ : Front passenger’s frontal airbag OFF off for 2 seconds. Now, the ON indicator
indicator should illuminate while the OFF indicator
This can be caused by the adult incorrectly remains off.
sitting in the front passenger’s seat.
If the OFF indicator still remains illumi-
1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”/ nated while the ON indicator remains off,
“OFF” position. ask the occupant to move to the rear seat
2. Ask the front passenger to set the and immediately contact your SUBARU
seatback to the upright position, sit up dealer for an inspection.
straight in the center of the seat cushion,
correctly fasten the seatbelt, position his/
her legs out forward, and adjust the seat to
the rearmost position.
– CONTINUED –
1-56 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-57
The driver’s and front passenger’s SRS CAUTION passenger’s SRS frontal airbags would not
frontal airbags use dual stage inflators. protect the occupant in those situations.
1
The two inflators of each airbag are Do not touch the SRS airbag system
triggered either sequentially or simulta- SRS airbag deployment depends on the
components around the steering
neously, depending on the severity of level of force experienced in the passen-
wheel and dashboard with bare
impact, in the case of the driver’s SRS ger compartment during a collision. That
hands right after deployment. Doing
frontal airbag and depending on the level differs from one type of collision to
so can cause burns because the
severity of impact and the characteristic another, and it may have no bearing on the
components can be very hot as a
of item(s) or person on the seat in the case visible damage done to the vehicle itself.
result of deployment.
of the front passenger’s SRS frontal air- ! Example of accident in which the
bag. driver’s/driver’s and front pas-
! Example of the type of accident
! After deployment S01AH0211 senger’s SRS frontal airbag(s)
S01AH0210 The driver’s SRS frontal airbag and front
After deployment, the SRS airbag imme- will most likely deploy
passenger’s SRS frontal airbag are de- S01AH021101
diately starts to deflate so that the driver’s signed as follows.
vision is not obstructed and the driver’s . to deploy in the event of an accident
ability to maintain control of the vehicle is involving a moderate to severe frontal
not impaired. The time required from collision
detecting impact to the deflation of the . to function on a one-time-only basis
SRS airbag after deployment is shorter
than the blink of an eye. The driver’s SRS frontal airbag and front
Both when only the driver’s SRS frontal passenger’s SRS frontal airbag are not
airbag deploys and the driver’s and front designed as follows.
passenger’s SRS frontal airbags deploy, . to deploy in most lesser frontal im-
the driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt pacts*1
pretensioners operate at the same time. . to deploy in most side or rear impacts or
in most rollover accidents*2
When the SRS airbag deploys, a sudden, A head-on collision against a thick con-
fairly loud inflation noise will be heard and *1: Because the necessary protection can be crete wall at a vehicle speed of 12 to 19
some smoke will be released. These achieved by the seatbelt alone. mph (20 to 30 km/h) or higher activates
occurrences are a normal result of the *2: Because deployment of only the driver’s
only the driver’s SRS frontal airbag or both
deployment. This smoke does not indicate SRS frontal airbag or both the driver’s and front
driver’s and front passenger’s SRS frontal
a fire in the vehicle. airbags. The airbag(s) will also be acti-
– CONTINUED –
1-58 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
vated when the vehicle is exposed to a ! Examples of the types of acci- Only the driver’s SRS frontal airbag or both
frontal impact similar in fashion and dents in which it is possible that driver’s and front passenger’s SRS frontal
magnitude to the collision described the driver’s/driver’s and front airbags may be activated when the vehicle
above. passenger’s SRS frontal sustains a hard impact in the undercar-
airbag(s) will deploy riage area from the road surface (such as
S01AH021102 when the vehicle plunges into a deep ditch,
is severely impacted or knocked hard
against an obstacle on the road such as
a curb).
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-59
1) The vehicle strikes an object, such as a
! Examples of the types of accidents in which deployment of the driver’s/ telephone pole or sign pole. 1
driver’s and front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag(s) is unlikely to occur 2) The vehicle slides under the load bed of a
truck.
S01AH021103
3) The vehicle sustains an oblique offset
frontal impact.
4) The vehicle sustains an offset frontal
collision.
5) The vehicle strikes an object that can
move or deform, such as a parked
vehicle.
There are many types of collisions which
might not necessarily require deployment
of driver’s/driver’s and front passenger’s
SRS frontal airbag(s). In the event of
accidents like those illustrated, the dri-
ver’s/driver’s and front passenger’s SRS
frontal airbag(s) may not deploy depend-
ing on the level of accident forces involved.
– CONTINUED –
1-60 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
! Examples of the types of acci- frontal airbags are not designed to deploy once either or both of the driver’s and front
dents in which the driver’s/dri- in most of the following cases. passenger’s SRS frontal airbags is/are
ver’s and front passenger’s SRS . If the vehicle is struck from the side or activated on the first impact, it/they will
frontal airbag(s) are not de- from behind not be activated on the second impact.
signed to deploy in most cases . If the vehicle rolls onto its side or roof & SRS side airbag and SRS
S01AH021104
. If the vehicle is involved in a low-speed curtain airbag
frontal collision S01AH03
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-61
– CONTINUED –
1-62 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
! In cases of rollover accident or side collisions, the following components will operate simultaneously
S01AH0306
*: Activated
–: Not activated
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-63
! After deployment After deployment, do not touch any experienced in the passenger compart-
S01AH0304
part of the SRS curtain airbag sys- ment during a side impact collision. That
1
After the deployment, the SRS side airbag
immediately starts to deflate. The time tem (from the front pillar to the part level differs from one type of collision to
required from detection of an impact to of the roof side over the rear seat). another, and it may have no bearing on the
deflation of an SRS side airbag after Doing so can cause burns because visible damage done to the vehicle itself.
deployment is shorter than the blink of an the components can be very hot as a
! Example of the type of accident in
eye. result of deployment.
which the SRS side airbag will
The SRS curtain airbag remains inflated most likely deploy.
! Example of the type of accident S01AH030501
for a while following deployment then S01AH0305
slowly deflates. The SRS side airbag and SRS curtain
airbag are designed as follows:
The SRS side airbag and SRS curtain . to deploy in the event of an accident
airbag deploy even when no one occupies involving a moderate to severe side impact
the seat on the side on which an impact is collision
applied. . to function on a one-time-only basis.
When the SRS side airbag and SRS The SRS side airbag and SRS curtain
curtain airbag deploy, a sudden, fairly loud airbag are not designed to deploy in the
inflation noise will be heard and some following cases:
smoke will be released. These occur-
rences are a normal result of the deploy- . in most lesser side impact
ment. This smoke does not indicate a fire . in most frontal or most rear impacts
in the vehicle. (because the SRS side airbag and SRS 1) A severe side impact near the front seat.
curtain airbag deployment would not pro-
CAUTION tect the occupant in those situations)
Do not touch the SRS side airbag The SRS curtain airbags are also de-
system components around the signed to deploy when the vehicle is in an
front seat seatback with bare hands extremely inclined state such as during a
right after deployment. Doing so can rollover. They are not designed to deploy in
cause burns because the compo- most lesser inclined state.
nents can be very hot as a result of SRS side airbag and SRS curtain airbag
deployment. deployment depend on the level of force
– CONTINUED –
1-64 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-65
1) Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
! Examples of the types of accidents in which it is possible that the SRS side surface 1
airbag and the SRS curtain airbag will deploy. 2) Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
S01AH030503
3) Landing hard or vehicle falling
It is possible that the SRS side and curtain
airbags will deploy if a serious impact
occurs to the underside of your vehicle.
Some examples are shown in the illustra-
tion.
– CONTINUED –
1-66 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-67
1) The vehicle is involved in an oblique side-
! Examples of the types of accidents in which the SRS curtain airbag is unlikely on impact. 1
to deploy. 2) The vehicle is involved in a side-on
impact in an area outside the vicinity of
S01AH030505
the passenger compartment.
3) The vehicle strikes a telephone pole or
similar object.
4) The vehicle is involved in a side-on
impact from a motorcycle.
There are many types of collisions which
might not necessarily require SRS curtain
airbag deployment. In the event of acci-
dents like those illustrated, the SRS
curtain airbag may not deploy depending
on the level of accident forces involved.
– CONTINUED –
1-68 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
! Examples of the types of acci- ary). same direction, once the SRS side airbag
2) The vehicle is struck from behind. and SRS curtain airbag are activated on
dents in which the SRS side
3) The vehicle pitches end over end. the first impact, they will not be activated
airbag and SRS curtain airbag
are not designed to deploy in In the event of accidents like those on the second.
most cases illustrated, the SRS side airbag and SRS
S01AH030506
curtain airbag are not designed to deploy & SRS airbag system monitors
S01AH04
in most cases.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-69
The following components are monitored WARNING & SRS airbag system servicing 1
by the indicator: S01AH05
1-70 Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag)
. Under the center of the instru- NOTE & Precautions against vehicle
ment panel
In the following cases, contact your
modification
S01AH06
. On both the right and left sides at SUBARU dealer as soon as possible.
the front of the vehicle
. The front part of the vehicle was WARNING
. Steering wheel and column and involved in an accident in which only To avoid accidental activation of the
nearby areas the driver’s SRS frontal airbag or both system or rendering the system
. Bottom of the steering column driver’s and front passenger’s SRS inoperative, which may result in
and nearby areas frontal airbags did not deploy. serious injury, no modifications
. Top of the dashboard on front . The pad of the steering wheel, the should be made to any components
passenger’s side and nearby cover over the front passenger’s SRS or wiring of the SRS airbag system.
areas frontal airbag, or either roof side (from
the front pillar to a point over the rear This includes following modifica-
. Each front seat and nearby area seat) is scratched, cracked, or other- tions.
. Inside each center pillar wise damaged. . Installation of custom steering
. Inside each front door . The center pillar, front door, rear wheels
wheel house or rear sub frame, or an . Attachment of additional trim ma-
. In each roof side (from the front
area near these parts, was involved in terials to the dashboard
pillar to a point over the rear seat)
an accident in which the SRS side
. Between the rear seat cushion . Installation of custom seats
airbag and SRS curtain airbag did not
and rear wheel house on each deploy. . Replacement of seat fabric or
side . The fabric or leather of either front leather
. Under the rear center seat seatback is cut, frayed, or otherwise . Installation of additional fabric or
damaged. leather on the front seat
In the event that the SRS airbag is . The rear part of the vehicle was . Attachment of a hands-free mi-
deployed, replacement of the system involved in an accident in which no crophone or any other accessory
should be performed only by an author- SRS airbag was deployed. to a front pillar, a center pillar, a
ized SUBARU dealer. When the compo- rear pillar, the windshield, a side
nents of the SRS airbag system are window, an assist grip, or any
replaced, use only genuine SUBARU other cabin surface that would be
parts. near a deploying SRS curtain
airbag.
Seat, seatbelt and SRS airbags/SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System airbag) 1-71
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(107,1)
push-button start system”, refer to trolled with the buttons on the key. For The following access key fobs are pro-
“Keyless access with push-button start detailed information, refer to “Remote vided with the vehicle.
system” F2-2. keyless entry system” F2-17.
The following keys are provided with the
vehicle. CAUTION
Do not attach a large key holder or
key case to either key. If it bangs
against your knees while you are
driving, it could turn the ignition
switch from the “ON” position to
the “ACC” or “LOCK” position,
thereby stopping the engine.
may damage the battery or the operation of the airplane. and power transmission lines
cause circuit malfunctions. When carrying the access key – When products that transmit
– Do not wash the access key fob in a bag, take measures to radio waves are used, such as an
prevent the buttons from being access key fob or a remote trans- 2
fob in an ultrasonic washer.
pressed accidentally. mitter key of another vehicle
– Do not leave the access key
– When carrying the access key fob
fob in humid or dusty loca-
of your vehicle together with the
tions. Doing so may cause NOTE access key fob or the remote trans-
malfunctions. . The operational/non-operational mitter of another vehicle
– Keep the access key fob away setting for the keyless access function – When the access key fob is
from magnetic sources. can be changed. For the setting proce- placed near wireless communica-
– Do not leave the access key dure, refer to “Disabling keyless ac- tion equipment such as a cell phone
fob near a personal computer cess function” F2-12. – When the access key fob is
or home electrical appliance. . For detailed information about the placed near a metallic object
operation method for the push-button – When metallic accessories are
– Do not leave the access key
ignition switch while the keyless ac- attached to the access key fob
fob near a battery charger or
cess function is switched to the non-
any electrical accessories. – When carrying the access key fob
operational mode, refer to “Access key
– Do not apply metallic window with electronic appliances such as a
fob – if access key fob does not operate
tint or attach metallic objects laptop computer
properly” F9-17.
to the windows. . The keyless access with push-but- – When the battery of the access
ton start system uses weak radio key fob is discharged
– Do not fit non genuine acces-
sories or parts. waves. The status of the access key . The access key fob is always com-
fob and environmental conditions may municating with the vehicle and is
. If the access key fob is dropped, continuously using the battery.
the integrated emergency key in- interfere with the communication be-
tween the access key fob and the Although the life of the battery varies
side may become loose. Be care- depending on the operating conditions,
ful not to lose the emergency key. vehicle under the following conditions,
and it may not be possible to lock or it is approximately 1 to 2 years. If the
. When traveling in an airplane, do unlock the doors or start the engine. battery becomes fully discharged, re-
not press the button of the ac- – When operating near a facility place it with a new one.
cess key fob. If any button of the where strong radio waves are trans- . If an access key fob is lost, it is
access key fob is pressed, radio mitted, such as a broadcast station recommended that all of the remaining
waves are emitted and may affect access key fobs be reregistered. For
– CONTINUED –
. For a spare access key fob, contact a – Inside the glove box
SUBARU dealer. – Inside the door trim pocket
. Up to 7 access key fobs can be – On the rear seat
registered for one vehicle. – In the cargo area
. Do not leave the access key fob in
the storage spaces inside the vehicle, If you do, the following situations
such as the door pocket, dashboard, may occur.
inside the corner of the cargo area. – The access key fob is mistakenly
Vibrations may damage the key fob or locked inside the vehicle.
turn on the switch, possibly resulting in – A false warning issues although
a lockout. no malfunction actually occurs.
. After the vehicle battery is dis- – No warning issues even when
charged or replaced, initialization of any malfunction occurs. 1) Antenna
the steering lock system may be re- 2) Operating range (approximately 16 to 32
quired to start the engine. In this case, in (40 to 80 cm))
perform the following procedure to & Locking and unlocking by
initialize the steering lock. holding the access key fob
S02AP20
(1) Turn the push-button ignition When the access key fob is carried within
switch to the “OFF” position. For the operating range, the doors and the rear
details, refer to “Switching power gate can be locked/unlocked just by
status” F3-7. touching the door handle.
(2) Open and close the driver’s
door. NOTE
(3) Wait for approximately 10 sec- The vehicle can also be locked/un-
onds. locked with the remote keyless entry
system. For details, refer to “Remote
When the steering is locked, the initi- keyless entry system” F2-17.
alization is completed.
. Do not leave the access key fob in 1) LED indicator
the following places.
When the access key fob is within either of function when the access key fob is . Unlock and lock rear gate
the operating ranges of the front doors, the inside the vehicle. However, depending
LED indicator on the access key fob on the status of the access key fob and NOTE
flashes. When the keyless access func- the environmental conditions, the ac- . It is not possible to lock the doors 2
tions are disabled, the LED indicator does cess key fob may be locked inside the and rear gate using the keyless access
not flash unless a button on the access key vehicle. Before locking the vehicle, function when the push-button ignition
fob is pressed. make sure that you have the access switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
key fob. Refer to “Switching power status” F3-
NOTE . When the battery of the access key 7.
. If the access key fob is placed too fob is discharged, or when operating it . If the door handle is gripped with a
close to the vehicle body, the keyless in a location with strong radio waves or gloved hand, the door lock may not be
access functions may not operate noise (e.g., near a radio tower, power released.
properly. If they do not operate prop- plant, broadcast station or an area . If the door lock sensor is touched
erly, repeat the operation from further where wireless equipment is used), or three times or more repeatedly, the
away. while talking on a cell phone, the system will ignore the sensor opera-
. If the access key fob is placed near operating ranges may be reduced, or tion.
the ground or in an elevated location the keyless access function may not . When performing the locking proce-
from the ground, even if it is in the operate. dure too quickly, locking may not have
indicated operating range, the keyless In such a case, perform the procedure been completed. After performing the
access function may not operate prop- described in “Locking and unlocking” locking procedure, it is recommended
erly. F9-17. to pull the REAR door handle to confirm
. When the access key fob is within . The doors may lock or unlock when that the doors have been locked.
the operating range, it is possible for the car is being washed or exposed to a . If any of the doors (or the rear gate)
anyone, even someone who is not significant amount of water that con- are not fully closed, the following will
carrying the access key fob, to operate tacts the door handle while the key fob occur to alert you that the doors (or the
the keyless access function. Note that is still in the operating range. rear gate) are not properly closed.
the keyless access function can be – an electronic chirp sounds five
operated only by the door handle, door ! How to lock and unlock times.
S02AP2002
lock sensor, rear gate opener button or It is possible to perform the following – the hazard warning flashers flash
rear lock button in the operating range operations when you are carrying the five times.
in which the access key fob is detected. access key fob. . It is possible to lock the doors even
. It is not possible to lock the doors . Lock and unlock the doors when one of the doors is open. After
and rear gate using the keyless access
– CONTINUED –
performing the locking procedure, ! Locking with the door lock sensor ! Locking with the rear lock button
close the opened door or rear gate to S02AP200201 S02AP200202
lock it.
. Within 3 seconds after locking the
doors and the rear gate by using the
keyless access function, it is not pos-
sible to unlock doors and/or the rear
gate by using the keyless access func-
tion.
. When locking, be sure to carry the
access key fob to prevent locking the
access key fob in the vehicle.
. The setting of the hazard warning
flasher operation and the volume of the
audible signal can be changed by your 1) Door lock sensor 1) Rear lock button
SUBARU dealer. Contact your SUBARU
dealer for details. Also, for models with Carry the access key fob, close all doors Carry the access key fob, close all doors
the combination meter display (color including the rear gate, and touch the door including the rear gate and press the rear
LCD), the setting of the hazard warning lock sensor on the door handle. All doors lock button. The rear gate and all doors will
flasher operation can be changed by including the rear gate will be locked. Also, be locked. Also, an electronic chirp will
operating the combination meter dis- an electronic chirp will sound once and the sound once and the hazard warning
play (color LCD). For details, refer to hazard warning flashers will flash once. flashers will flash once.
“Keyless Entry System” F3-39.
Carry the access key fob, and grip the 1) Rear gate opener button
following door handle. Carry the access key fob, and press the
. The driver’s door handle: rear gate opener button. Either only the
Either only the driver’s door will unlock, or rear gate will unlock, or all doors will
all doors will unlock. unlock. Also, an electronic chirp will sound
. The front passenger’s door handle: twice and the hazard warning flashers will
All doors and rear gate will be unlocked. flash twice.
– CONTINUED –
& Unlock using PIN Code Ac- ! Preparation for registering a PIN ! Registration for a PIN code
S02AP2102
cess code
S02AP2101
For example, to register “32468” as the
S02AP21
When all doors including the rear gate are 1. Turn off the ignition switch. PIN code, perform the following proce-
locked, you can unlock the doors (includ- 2. Close all doors (including rear gate). dure.
ing rear gate) without a key by pressing the 3. Press and hold the “ ” button on the 1. Press the rear lock button three times.
rear lock button. access key fob. Then all doors (including 2. After a chirp sounds once, press the
rear gate) will be locked. rear lock button twice.
4. Keep the “ ” button pressed, and 3. After a chirp sounds once, press the
press the rear lock button within 5 seconds rear lock button four times.
after step 3. 4. After a chirp (ding) sounds once, press
5. Press and hold the rear lock button for the rear lock button six times.
more than 5 seconds. Confirm a chirp 5. After a chirp (ding) sounds once, press
sound. the rear lock button eight times.
6. Release the “ ” button and rear lock 6. Perform steps 1 to 5 again within
button. approximately 30 seconds after the chirp
7. Press the “ ” button on the access key starts sounding intermittently.
fob while the chirp sounds. 7. All doors will be unlocked and locked.
Then the chirp will stop and the prepara- Then the PIN code will be registered.
1) Rear lock button tion is complete.
NOTE NOTE
PIN Code Access will be helpful if the Press the “ ” button within 30 seconds
key fob is accidentally left in the of step 6 to end the preparation mode
vehicle. It is recommended that a 5- and move on to the registration stage.
digit security code (PIN code) be regis- Unless the “ ” button is pressed within
tered. 30 seconds after step 6, the PIN code
registration will be canceled.
NOTE . The PIN code cannot be deleted & Power saving function
while the keyless access function is S02AP23
The keyless access function will be dis-
. Press the rear lock button ten times disabled by operating the access key
to enter “0”. abled in the following cases to protect the 2
fob. access key fob battery and the vehicle
. Change the PIN code frequently to . Reregister the PIN code in the fol-
protect your vehicle from theft. battery.
lowing case.
. If you have lent your vehicle to . Case 1: When the keyless access
– when you forget the PIN code
another person, confirm that the PIN function and the remote keyless entry
– when you want to change the PIN system have not been used for 2 weeks
code has not been changed or deleted.
code or longer while all doors are locked
If the PIN code has been changed or
deleted, reregister a new PIN code. ! Unlocking Operate one of the following items to
. If you make an error during the S02AP2103
Perform steps 1 to 5 described in “Regis- recover the keyless access function:
registration procedure, press the “ ” tration for a PIN code”. – Unlock the doors by operating any
or “ ” button on the access key fob.
procedure other than gripping the front
Then, start over from the procedure NOTE passenger’s door handle
described in “Preparation for register- . You cannot unlock by PIN Code
ing a PIN code”. – Lock the doors
Access in the following cases. – Open a door and then close it
. To protect your vehicle from theft,
– when the access key fob is within
you cannot register a string of the same . Case 2: When the access key fob has
the operating ranges
five numbers together, such as been left in the operating range for 10
“00000”, nor “12345” as a PIN code. – when the ignition switch is in the
“ACC” or “ON” position minutes or longer while all doors are
. Do not register your vehicle license locked
plate number or simple numbers such . If you make an operation error dur-
as “11122” or “12121” as a PIN code. ing the unlocking procedure, start over Operate one of the following items to
Doing so will increase the risk of with the unlocking procedure after recover the keyless access function:
vehicle theft. waiting for 5 seconds or longer.
– Unlock the doors by gripping the
. When you try to register “22222”, the . To protect your vehicle from theft, a
door handle
registered PIN code will be deleted. You buzzer will sound if incorrect PIN codes
are entered five times continuously. If – Unlock the doors by pressing the
cannot unlock the doors by PIN Code rear gate opener button
Access until a new code is registered. this occurs, you cannot unlock the
doors by PIN Code Access for 5 – Lock the doors by touching the door
. After registering a new PIN code, lock sensor
make sure that you can unlock the minutes.
– Lock or unlock the doors by using
doors using the PIN code.
– CONTINUED –
the remote keyless entry system and push-button start system will not be . To start the engine while the func-
– Lock or unlock the doors by using available. tions are disabled, perform the proce-
the power door locking switch To cancel the power save mode, press one dure described in “Starting engine”
– Open either of the front doors of the buttons on the access key fob. F9-18.
! Disabling functions
& Power saving function of ac- & Disabling keyless access S02AP0701
neously for more than 5 seconds. performed, push “ ” of the power door tion was disabled.
locking switch twice while the door is open. – When disabling by operating the
A chirp sound will be heard, and the driver’s door: a chirp will not be
7. Within 10 seconds after step 6 is
function will be disabled.
performed, close and open the driver’s heard 2
! By operating the driver’s door door once. – When disabling by operating the
S02AP070101
8. Within 5 seconds after step 7 is access key fob: a chirp will be heard
1. Sit in the driver’s seat, and close the
door. performed, close the door.
& Selecting audible signal op-
A chirp sound will be heard, and the eration
functions will be disabled. S02AP12
Using an electronic chirp, the system will
NOTE give you an audible signal when the doors
In steps 4 and 6, press the power door lock and unlock. If desired, you may turn
locking switch slowly. If the switch is the audible signal off. For more details,
pressed quickly, the functions may not contact a SUBARU dealer.
be disabled. NOTE
! Enabling functions For models with the combination meter
S02AP0702
When the procedure to disable the func- display (color LCD), the setting can be
tions is performed again, a chirp sound will changed by operating the combination
be heard, and the functions are enabled. meter display (color LCD). For details,
refer to “Vehicle Setting” F3-39.
2. Push “ ” of the power door locking
switch. NOTE
3. Within 5 seconds after step 2 is . The keyless access function will be & Warning chimes and warning
performed, open the driver’s door. enabled only if you perform the proce- indicator
dure in the same manner you disabled S02AP06
4. Within 5 seconds after step 3 is The keyless access with push-button start
the function (for example, when dis-
performed, push “ ” of the power door system sounds a warning chime and
abling by operating the driver’s door,
locking switch twice while the door is open. flashes the access key warning indicator
the function will not be enabled even if
5. Within 10 seconds after step 4 is on the combination meter in order to
you operate the access key fob).
performed, close and open the driver’s minimize improper operations and help
. Press the push-button ignition
door twice. protect your vehicle from theft.
switch if you do not know the proce-
6. Within 10 seconds after step 5 is dure in which the keyless access func- For details, refer to “Warning chimes and
– CONTINUED –
warning indicator of the keyless access & Certification for keyless ac- . Canada-spec. models
with push-button start system” F3-25. cess with push-button start
system
& When access key fob does S02AP14
. U.S.-spec. models
not operate properly
S02AP08
Refer to “Access key fob – if access key FCC ID: HYQ14AHK
fob does not operate properly” F9-17. FCC ID: Y8PFJ16-1
FCC ID: Y8PSSPIMB02
& Replacing battery of access
key fob CAUTION
S02AP09
Refer to “Replacing battery of access key FCC WARNING
fob” F11-44.
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party re-
& Replacing access key fob sponsible for compliance could void
S02AP13
Access key fobs can be replaced at the user’s authority to operate the
SUBARU dealers. For more details, con- equipment.
tact a SUBARU dealer.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This de-
vice may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept
any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
– CONTINUED –
with push-button start system”) . For models without “keyless access – Canada-spec. models
with push-button start system”:
One key that has already been registered – U.S.-spec. models
is required in order to register a new key.
FCC ID: Y8PFJ16-2
NOTE
If you lose a key, the lost key’s ID code CAUTION
still remains in the memory of the
vehicle’s immobilizer system. For se- FCC WARNING
curity reasons, the lost key’s ID code Changes or modifications not ex-
should be erased from the memory. To pressly approved by the party re-
erase the lost key’s ID code, all keys sponsible for compliance could void
that will be used are required. the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
For details about new key registration
and erasing the lost key’s ID code,
contact your SUBARU dealer. NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the
& Certification for immobilizer FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
system following two conditions: (1) This de-
S02AB05 vice may not cause harmful interfer-
. For models with “keyless access ence, and (2) this device must accept
with push-button start system”: any interference received, including
Refer to “Certification for keyless access interference that may cause undesired
with push-button start system” F2-14. operation.
CAUTION 2
. Do not expose the remote trans-
mitter to severe shocks, such as
those experienced as a result of
dropping or throwing.
. Do not take the remote transmit-
ter apart except when replacing
the battery.
. Do not get the remote transmitter
Access key fob
wet. If it gets wet, wipe it dry with
1) Lock/arm button
a cloth immediately.
2) Unlock/disarm button
. When you carry the remote trans- 3) Rear gate unlock button
mitter on an airplane, do not 4) PANIC button
press the button of the remote
transmitter while in the airplane.
When any button of the remote
transmitter is pressed, radio
waves are sent and may affect
the operation of the airplane.
When you carry the remote trans-
mitter in a bag on an airplane,
take measures to prevent the
buttons of the remote transmitter
from being pressed.
– CONTINUED –
tions. The system’s operable distance will & Locking the doors
be shorter in areas near a facility or S02AQ01
Press the lock/arm button to lock all doors
electronic equipment emitting strong radio and rear gate. An electronic chirp will
waves such as a power plant, broadcast sound once and the hazard warning
station, TV tower, or remote controller of flashers will flash once.
home electronic appliances.
If any of the doors (or the rear gate) are not
NOTE fully closed, the following will occur to alert
. For models with “keyless access you that the doors (or the rear gate) are not
with push-button start system”, the properly closed.
remote keyless entry system will not . an electronic chirp sounds five times.
be activated when the push-button . the hazard warning flashers flash five
ignition switch is in any position other times.
Transmitter than the “OFF” position.
1) Lock/arm button . For models without “keyless access When you close the door, it will automati-
2) Unlock/disarm button with push-button start system”, the cally lock and then the following will occur.
3) Rear gate unlock button remote keyless entry system will not . an electronic chirp sounds once.
4) PANIC button be activated when the key is inserted in . the hazard warning flashers flash once.
The remote keyless entry system has the the ignition switch.
following functions. . The hazard warning flashers will & Unlocking the doors
. Locking and unlocking the doors (and flash once or twice when the access S02AQ02
The operable distance of the remote key- flashers in the above cases can be set NOTE
less entry system is approximately 30 feet to “On” or “Off” by a SUBARU dealer.
If the interval between the first and
(10 meters). However, this distance will Consult your SUBARU dealer for de-
second presses of the unlock/disarm
vary depending on environmental condi- tails.
button (for unlocking of all of the doors
and the rear gate) is extremely short, & Sounding a panic alarm
the system may not respond. S02AQ08
To activate the alarm, press the “PANIC”
button once. 2
& Unlocking the rear gate The horn will sound and the hazard
S02AQ05
Press the rear gate unlock button to unlock warning flashers will flash.
the rear gate. To deactivate the panic alarm, press any
An electronic chirp will sound twice and the button on the remote transmitter. Unless a
hazard warning flashers will flash twice. button on the remote transmitter is
pressed, the alarm will be deactivated
& Vehicle finder function after approximately 30 seconds.
S02AQ07
Use this function to find your vehicle
parked among many vehicles in a large
& Setting audible signal opera-
parking lot. Provided you are within 30 feet tion (models without “keyless 2. Hold down “ ” of the power door
(10 meters) of the vehicle, pressing the access with push-button start locking switch.
lock/arm button three times in a 5-second system”) 3. While holding down “ ” of the power
S02AQ09
period will cause your vehicle’s horn to Using an electronic chirp, the system will door locking switch, pull the key out and re-
sound once and its hazard warning give you an audible signal when the doors insert it into the ignition switch at least 6
flashers to flash three times. lock and unlock. If desired, you may turn times within 10 seconds after Step 2.
the audible signal off. 4. Open and close the driver’s door once
NOTE within 10 seconds after Step 3.
If the interval between presses is too Perform the following steps to deactivate
the audible signal. You can also use the 5. The hazard warning flashers flash 3
short when you press the lock/arm
same steps to restore the function. times to indicate completion of the setting.
button three times, the system may
not respond to the signals from the 1. Sit in the driver’s seat and shut all Your SUBARU dealer can perform the
remote transmitter. doors and the rear gate. above procedure for you. Also, for models
with a combination meter display (color
LCD), the setting can be changed using
the display. For details, refer to “Vehicle
Setting” F3-39.
– CONTINUED –
! U.S.-spec. models
S02AQ1801
FCC ID: CWTB1G077
FCC ID: CWTD1G049
CAUTION
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party re-
sponsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
! Mexico-spec. models Door locks – Insert the key into the ignition
S02AQ1803
S02AC
switch and turn the ignition switch
& Locking and unlocking from to “ON”.
the outside
2
S02AC01 For details about the alarm system,
NOTE refer to “Alarm system” F2-24.
If you unlock the driver’s door with a ! How to lock and unlock the vehicle
key (including an emergency key) and by using the key
open the door while the alarm system is S02AC0101
armed, the alarm system is triggered
and the vehicle’s horn sounds. In this
case, perform any of the following
operations:
. Models with “keyless access with
IFETEL RLVSUTB15-1814 push-button start system”:
SUBARU – Press any button on the access
MODEL: TB1G077 key fob (except when the access
key fob battery is discharged).
IFETEL RLVSUTD15-1815 – Press the push-button ignition
SUBARU switch to “ACC”.
MODEL: TD1G049 – Carry the access key fob and
perform either of the following pro- 1) Rotate the key toward the front to lock.
cedures. 2) Rotate the key toward the rear to unlock.
– Grip the front door handle In this case, only the driver’s side door is
– Press the rear gate opener locked.
button
. Models without “keyless access
NOTE
with push-button start system”: Models with “keyless access with
– Press any button on the remote push-button start system”:
transmitter (except when the trans- The emergency key is directional. If the
mitter battery is discharged). key cannot be inserted, change the
– CONTINUED –
direction that the grooved side is facing ! Locking using power door lock- & Locking and unlocking from
and insert it again. ing switch the inside
S02AC010202 S02AC02
! How to lock the vehicle without ! How to use the lock lever
using the key S02AC0202
S02AC0102
To lock the door from outside without the
key, the following methods are available.
! Locking using lock lever
S02AC010201
– CONTINUED –
When the system is in surveillance state, – Push-button ignition switch is ignition switch from the “LOCK”/“OFF” to
the security indicator light will then flash turned to the “ACC” position (mod- the “ON” position with a registered key/
slowly (twice approximately every 2 sec- els with “keyless access with push- access key fob.
onds), indicating that the system has been button start system”).
armed for surveillance. NOTE
& Disarming the system For models with “keyless access with
NOTE S02AF05
Perform either of the following procedures. push-button start system”, if the ac-
. The system can be armed even if the . Briefly press a button (for less than 2 cess key fob battery is discharged,
windows and/or moonroof are open. seconds) on the access key fob/remote perform the procedure described in
Always make sure that they are fully transmitter. “Switching power status” F9-18. In
closed before arming the system. such a case, replace the battery im-
. Carry the access key fob and perform
. The 30-second standby time can be mediately. Refer to “Replacing battery
either of the following procedures (models
eliminated if you prefer. Have it per- of access key fob” F11-44.
with “keyless access with push-button
formed by your SUBARU dealer.
start system”).
. If any of the following actions is & Alarm system setting
done during the standby period, the – Grip the front door handle.
S02AF11
system will not switch to the surveil- – Press the rear gate opener button. To change the setting of your vehicle’s
lance state. – Unlock using the PIN code access. alarm system for activation or deactiva-
– Doors (including the rear gate) tion, do the following.
The flashing of the security indicator light 1. Disarm the alarm system. Refer to
are unlocked using the access key will then change slowly (once approxi-
fob/remote transmitter. “Disarming the system” F2-26.
mately every 3 seconds from twice ap-
– Doors (including the rear gate) 2. Sit in the driver’s seat and shut all
proximately every 2 seconds), indicating
are unlocked using the keyless doors, rear gate and engine hood.
that the alarm system has been disarmed.
access function (models with “key- 3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
less access with push-button start ! Emergency disarming position.
S02AF0501
system”). If you cannot disarm the system using the 4. Hold down “ ” of the driver’s power
– Any door (including the rear gate) access key fob/transmitter (i.e. the trans- door locking switch, open the driver’s door
is opened. mitter is lost, broken or the transmitter within the following 1 second, and wait 10
– The ignition switch is turned to battery is too weak), you can disarm the seconds without releasing the switch. The
the “ON” position (models without system without using the access key fob/ setting will then be changed as follows.
“keyless access with push-button remote transmitter.
start system”). The system can be disarmed if you turn the
Setting Combination
When you choose the valet mode, the
status meter display Horn alarm system does not operate. In valet
mode, the remote transmitter is used only
Activate AL ON Once
for locking and unlocking the doors and
Deactivate AL OFF Twice rear gate and panic activation.
To enter the valet mode, change the
NOTE setting of your vehicle’s alarm system for Each rear door has a child safety lock.
You may have the above setting change deactivation mode. Refer to “Alarm system When the child safety lock lever is in the
done by your SUBARU dealer. setting” F2-26. The security indicator light lock position, the door cannot be opened
will continue to flash once every 3 seconds from inside. The door can only be opened
& If you have accidentally trig- indicating that the system is in the valet from the outside.
gered the alarm system mode.
S02AF03
! To stop the alarm To exit valet mode, change the setting of WARNING
S02AF0301
Do any of the following operations: your vehicle’s alarm system for activation Always turn the child safety locks to
. Press any button on the access key fob/ mode. Refer to “Alarm system setting” F2- the “LOCK” position when children
remote transmitter. 26. sit in the rear seat. Serious injury
. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” could result if a child accidentally
position (models without “keyless access opens the door and falls out.
with push-button start system”).
. Turn the push-button ignition to the
“ACC” position (models with “keyless
access with push-button start system”).
! Operating the window each switch is continuously operated ! Anti-entrapment function (windows
S02AH0702
. With one-touch auto up and down in the same direction simultaneously with one-touch auto up/down func-
feature: for a few seconds. tion)
Either of the operations described S02AH0703 2
While closing the driver’s and front pas-
above may cause the power window senger’s windows automatically, if the
breaker to operate making it impossible window senses a substantial enough
to open or close the window. Be sure to object trapped between the window and
initialize the power windows. If they are the window frame, it automatically moves
not initialized, the one-touch auto up/ down slightly and stops.
down function will not operate. Refer to If a foreign object is caught while the
“Initialization of power window with driver’s window or passenger’s window is
one-touch auto up/down function” opening automatically, the window will
F2-30. stop.
. Without one-touch auto up and down
feature: CAUTION
– CONTINUED –
few seconds after the anti-entrapment & Initialization of power window Rear gate
function operates. with one-touch auto up/down S02AJ
– CONTINUED –
. Be careful not to hit your head or Moonroof (if equipped) vehicle. Failure to follow this
face on the rear gate when open- S02AK procedure could result in injury
ing or closing the rear gate and to a child operating the moon-
when loading or unloading cargo. WARNING roof.
. Never try to check the anti-en-
Never let anyone’s hands, arms, trapment function by deliberately
head or any objects protrude from placing part of your body in the
the moonroof. A person could be moonroof.
seriously injured if any of the follow-
ing conditions occur.
. The vehicle stops suddenly. CAUTION
. The vehicle turns sharply. . Do not sit on the edge of the open
. The vehicle is involved in an moonroof.
accident. . Do not operate the moonroof if
. Body parts protruding from the falling snow or extremely cold
vehicle are struck by outside conditions have caused it to
objects. freeze shut.
To avoid serious personal injury . The anti-entrapment function
caused by entrapment, always con- does not operate when the moon-
form to the following instructions roof is being tilted down. Be sure
without exception. to confirm that it is safe to do so
. Before closing the moonroof, before tilting the moonroof down.
make sure that no one’s hands, . If the moonroof does not close,
arms, head or other objects will have the system checked by a
be accidentally caught in the SUBARU dealer.
moonroof.
. Always carry the key when you The moonroof has both tilting and sliding
leave the vehicle for safety rea- functions.
sons and never allow an unat- The moonroof operates only when the
tended child to remain in the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
& Moonroof switches ! Sliding moonroof . For the sake of safety, it is recom-
S02AK02 S02AK0202
mended that you avoid driving with the
! Tilting moonroof moonroof fully opened.
S02AK0201
2
! Anti-entrapment function
S02AK0203
When the moonroof senses a substantial
enough object trapped between its glass
and the vehicle’s roof during closure, it
automatically moves back to the fully open
position and stops there. The anti-entrap-
ment function may also be activated by a
strong shock on the moonroof even when
there is nothing trapped.
1) Open
CAUTION
2) Close Never attempt to test this function
1) Up
2) Down To open or close the moonroof using the using fingers, hands or other parts
automatic function, press and hold the of your body.
To raise the moonroof, press and hold the switch toward the open/close side and
switch in the up side and release. To lower release.
the moonroof, press and hold the switch in
To stop the moonroof halfway, press a
the down side. switch on the moonroof switch.
NOTE NOTE
Release the switch after the moonroof
. After washing the vehicle or after it
has been raised or has been lowered
rains, wipe away water on the roof prior
completely. Pressing the switch con-
to opening the moonroof to prevent
tinuously may cause damage to the
drops of water from falling into the
moonroof.
passenger compartment.
– CONTINUED –
& Sunshade
S02AK05
Cruise control indicator light (if equipped)............. 3-30 Multi-function display (black and white)............. 3-40
Cruise control set indicator light (if equipped) ....... 3-31 Driving information display ................................... 3-40
Automatic headlight beam leveler warning light Outside temperature indicator............................... 3-44
(models with LED headlights).............................. 3-31 X-MODE indicator (if equipped) ............................. 3-44
LED headlight warning light (models with LED Clock.................................................................... 3-44
headlights).......................................................... 3-31
Multi-function display (color LCD)
Steering Responsive Headlight warning light/ (if equipped) ....................................................... 3-45
Steering Responsive Headlight OFF indicator
light (if equipped)................................................ 3-31 Features ............................................................... 3-45
Front fog light indicator light (if equipped) ............ 3-31 Welcome screen ................................................... 3-45
Headlight indicator light (if equipped).................... 3-31 Self-check screen ................................................. 3-46
Steering responsive fog lights warning indicator/ Interruption screen ............................................... 3-46
Steering responsive fog lights OFF indicator Basic operation .................................................... 3-47
(if equipped) ....................................................... 3-31 Basic screens....................................................... 3-47
X-MODE indicator (if equipped) ............................. 3-32 Setting screen ...................................................... 3-54
Hill descent control indicator (if equipped) ............ 3-32 How to get the source code using the open
BSD/RCTA warning indicator (if equipped)............. 3-32 source............................................................... 3-59
BSD/RCTA OFF indicator (if equipped) .................. 3-32 Clock...................................................................... 3-60
RAB warning indicator (if equipped) ...................... 3-32 Setting the clock manually.................................... 3-60
RAB OFF indicator light (if equipped) .................... 3-32 Setting the clock automatically ............................. 3-63
Icy road surface warning indicator (if equipped) .... 3-32 Regulatory information ......................................... 3-63
Combination meter display (color LCD) Light control switch ............................................. 3-63
(if equipped) ....................................................... 3-33 Precautions and tips............................................. 3-63
Basic operation..................................................... 3-34 Headlights ............................................................ 3-64
Welcome screen (opening animation) and High/low beam change (dimmer) ........................... 3-65
Good-bye screen (ending animation) ................... 3-34 Headlight flasher .................................................. 3-66
Warning screen..................................................... 3-35 High beam assist function (if equipped) ................ 3-66
Telltale screen....................................................... 3-35 Daytime running light system ............................... 3-69
Basic screens ....................................................... 3-36 Steering Responsive Headlight (SRH)
Menu screens ....................................................... 3-38 (if equipped) ....................................................... 3-69
3-4 Instruments and controls/Ignition switch (models without “keyless access with push-button start system”)
Instruments and controls/Ignition switch (models without “keyless access with push-button start system”) 3-5
3-6 Instruments and controls/Push-button ignition switch (models with “keyless access with push-button start system”)
The light turns off immediately under the Push-button ignition switch cannot be operated.
following conditions. . Even when the access key fob is
(models with “keyless access outside the vehicle, if it is placed too
. when the ignition switch is turned to the
“ON” position
with push-button start sys- close to the glass, it may be possible to
. when all doors and the rear gate are tem”) switch the power or to start the engine.
locked using the remote keyless entry S03BG . Do not leave the access key fob in
transmitter & Safety precautions the following places. It may become
S03BG04
Refer to “Safety precautions” F2-3. impossible to operate the push-button
ignition switch and the engine start. It
& Operating range for push- may also cause a false warning to issue
button start system although no malfunction actually oc-
S03BG01 curs, or not to issue a warning when
any malfunction occurs.
– On the instrument panel
– On the floor
– Inside the glove box
– Inside the door trim pocket
– On the rear seat
– In the cargo area
. When operating the push-button
ignition switch or starting the engine,
if the access key fob battery is dis-
charged, perform the procedure de-
scribed in “Access key fob – if access
1) Antenna key fob does not operate properly” F9-
2) Operating range 17. In such a case, replace the battery
immediately. Refer to “Replacing bat-
NOTE tery of access key fob” F11-44.
. If the access key fob is not detected
within the operating range of the anten-
nas inside the vehicle, the push-button
ignition switch and the engine start
Instruments and controls/Push-button ignition switch (models with “keyless access with push-button start system”) 3-7
& Switching power status illuminates in orange. with oil or other contaminants. It
S03BG02
may cause a malfunction.
Power Indicator color Operation
. If the push-button ignition switch
status does not operate smoothly, stop
Power is turned the operation. Contact a SUBARU
OFF Turned off off. dealer immediately. 3
The following . If the push-button ignition switch
systems can be does not illuminate even when
ACC Orange used:
audio and ac- the instrument panel illumination
cessory power is turned on, have the vehicle
outlet. inspected at a SUBARU dealer.
Orange . If the vehicle was left in the hot
(while engine is sun for a long time, the surface of
stopped) All electrical
1) Operation indicator ON systems can be the push-button ignition switch
Turned off used. may get hot. Be careful not to
2) Push-button ignition switch (while engine is
running) burn yourself.
The power is switched every time the
push-button ignition switch is pressed.
1. Carry the access key fob, and sit in the CAUTION NOTE
driver’s seat. . When operating the push-button
. When the push-button ignition ignition switch, firmly press it all the
2. Shift the select lever (CVT models)/the switch is left in “ON” (while the way.
shift lever (MT models) into the “P”/“N” engine is not running) or “ACC” . If the push-button ignition switch is
position. for a long time, it may result in pressed quickly, the power may not
3. Press the push-button ignition switch vehicle battery discharge. turn on or off.
without depressing the brake pedal. Every . Do not spill drinks or other liquids
time the button is pressed, the power is on the push-button ignition
switched in the sequence of “OFF”, “ACC”, switch. It may cause a malfunc-
“ON” and “OFF”. When the engine is tion.
stopped and the push-button ignition
switch is in “ACC” or “ON”, the operation . Do not touch the push-button
indicator on the push-button ignition switch ignition switch with a hand soiled
– CONTINUED –
. If the indicator light on the push- Hazard warning flasher Meters and gauges
button ignition switch flashes in green S03AB S03AD
when the push-button ignition switch is NOTE
pressed, steering is locked. When this
occurs, press the push-button ignition Some of the meters and gauges on the
switch while turning the steering wheel combination meter use liquid-crystal
left and right. displays. You will find their indications
hard to see if you wear polarized
! Battery drainage prevention func- glasses.
tion
S03BG0201
When the push-button ignition switch is left & Speedometer
in the “ACC” or “ON” position for approxi- S03AD03
The speedometer shows the vehicle
mately 1 hour, the push-button ignition
speed.
switch will be automatically switched to
“OFF” to prevent the battery from going
dead. & Tachometer
The hazard warning flasher is used to warn S03AD06
other drivers when you have to park your The tachometer shows the engine speed
& When access key fob does in thousands of revolutions per minute.
not operate properly vehicle under emergency conditions. The
S03BG03 hazard warning flasher works regardless
Refer to “Access key fob – if access key of the position of the ignition switch.
CAUTION
fob does not operate properly” F9-17.
To turn on the hazard warning flasher, Do not operate the engine with the
push the hazard warning button on the pointer of the tachometer in the red
instrument panel. All the turn signal lights zone. In this range, fuel injection will
and the turn signal indicator lights will be cut by the engine control module
flash. To turn off the flasher, push the to protect the engine from overrev-
button again. ving. The engine will resume run-
ning normally after the engine speed
NOTE is reduced below the red zone.
When the hazard warning flasher is on,
the turn signals do not work.
CAUTION
To ensure safety, do not attempt to
change the function of the indicator
during driving, as an accident could
1) TRIP RESET switch result.
2) Type A combination meter
3) Type B combination meter
1) TRIP RESET switch
This meter displays the odometer when 2) Type A combination meter
the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. 3) Type B combination meter
The odometer shows the total distance This meter displays the two trip meters
that the vehicle has been driven. when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position.
NOTE The trip meter shows the distance that the
If you press the TRIP RESET switch vehicle has been driven since you last set
when the ignition switch is in the it to zero.
“LOCK”/“OFF” or “ACC” position, the
odometer/trip meter will light up. The display can be switched as shown in
The indicators will turn off when: the following sequence by pressing the
. The TRIP RESET switch is not oper- TRIP RESET switch.
ated for approximately 10 seconds.
. The driver’s door is opened and then
– CONTINUED –
! Operation operation that follows the 6-second again. For adjusting procedure, refer to
S03AE0101
If the driver and/or front passenger have/ warning after turning ON the ignition “Manual seat” F1-5.
has not yet fastened the seatbelt(s) when switch. When the ignition switch is
turned ON next time, however, the If the seatbelt warning device for the front
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON” passenger’s seat does not function cor-
position, the seatbelt warning light(s) will complete sequence of the warning
operation resumes. For further details rectly (e.g., it is activated even when the
flash for several seconds, to warn that the front passenger’s seat is empty or it is
seatbelt(s) is/are unfastened. If the driver’s about canceling the warning operation,
please contact your SUBARU dealer. deactivated even when the front passen-
seatbelt is not fastened, a chime will also ger has not fastened his/her seatbelt), take
sound simultaneously. If there is no passenger on the front the following actions.
passenger’s seat, the seatbelt warning
NOTE . Ensure that no article is placed on the
device for the front passenger’s seat will
. If the driver’s and/or front passen- seat other than a child restraint system and
be deactivated. The front passenger’s
ger’s seatbelt(s) are/is still not fastened its child occupant, although we strongly
occupant detection system monitors
6 seconds later, the seatbelt warning recommend that all children sit in the rear
whether or not there is a passenger on
device operates as follows according seat properly restrained.
the front passenger’s seat.
to the vehicle speed. . Ensure that there is no article left in the
Observe the following precautions. Failure
– At speeds lower than approxi- seatback pocket.
to do so may prevent the device from
mately 9 mph (15 km/h) functioning correctly or cause the device to . Ensure that the backward-forward po-
The warning light(s) for unfastened fail. sition and seatback of front passenger’s
seatbelt(s) will alternate between seat are locked into place securely by
. Do not install any accessory such as a
steady illumination and flashing at moving the seat back and forth.
table or TV onto the seatback.
15-second intervals. The chime will . Do not store a heavy load in the If still the seatbelt warning device for front
not sound. seatback pocket. passenger’s seat does not function cor-
– At speeds higher than approxi- . Do not allow the rear seat occupant to rectly after taking relevant corrective ac-
mately 9 mph (15 km/h) place his/her hands or legs on the front tions described above, immediately con-
The warning light(s) for unfastened passenger’s seatback, or allow him/her to tact your SUBARU dealer for an inspec-
seatbelt(s) will alternate between pull the seatback. tion.
flashing and steady illumination at
15-second intervals and the chime . Do not use front seats with their back-
will sound while the warning light(s) ward-forward position and seatback not
is/are flashing. being locked into place securely. If any of
them are not locked securely, adjust them
. It is possible to cancel the warning
& SRS airbag system & Front passenger’s frontal air- airbag determined by the SUBARU ad-
warning light bag ON and OFF indicators vanced frontal airbag system monitoring.
S03AE02
S03AE03
If the front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag
WARNING is activated, the passenger’s frontal airbag
ON indicator will illuminate while the OFF
If the warning light exhibits any of indicator will remain off. 3
the following conditions, there may If the front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag
be a malfunction in the seatbelt is deactivated, the passenger’s frontal
pretensioners and/or SRS airbag airbag ON indicator will remain off while
system. Immediately take your vehi- the OFF indicator will illuminate.
cle to your nearest SUBARU dealer With the ignition switch turned to the “ON”
to have the system checked. Unless position, if both the ON and OFF indicators
checked and properly repaired, the remain illuminated or off simultaneously
seatbelt pretensioners and/or SRS even after the system check period, the
airbag will not operate properly in system is malfunctioning. Contact your
the event of a collision, which may ON : Front passenger’s frontal airbag ON SUBARU dealer immediately for an in-
increase the risk of injury. indicator spection.
. Flashing or flickering of the warn- : Front passenger’s frontal airbag OFF
ing light indicator & CHECK ENGINE warn-
. No illumination of the warning The front passenger’s frontal airbag ON ing light/Malfunction
light when the ignition switch is and OFF indicators show you the status of indicator light S03AE04
first turned to the “ON” position the front passenger’s SRS frontal airbag.
. Continuous illumination of the The indicator is displayed near the map CAUTION
warning light lights.
When the ignition switch is turned to the If the CHECK ENGINE light illumi-
. Illumination of the warning light nates while you are driving, have
while driving “ON” position, both the ON and OFF
indicators illuminate for 6 seconds during your vehicle checked/repaired by
which time the system is checked. Follow- your SUBARU dealer as soon as
For details about the components mon- possible. Continued vehicle opera-
itored by the warning light, refer to “SRS ing the system check, both indicators turn
off for 2 seconds. After that, one of the tion without having the emission
airbag system monitors” F1-68. control system checked and re-
indicators illuminates depending on the
status of the front passenger’s SRS frontal paired as necessary could cause
– CONTINUED –
serious damage, which may not be ized SUBARU dealer immediately. & Coolant temperature
covered by your vehicle’s warranty. ! If the light is blinking low indicator light/
S03AE0402
If the light is blinking while driving, an Coolant temperature
If this light illuminates steadily or blinks
while the engine is running, it may indicate engine misfire condition has been de- high warning light S03AE48
that there is at least one problem or tected which may damage the emission
potential problem somewhere in the emis- control system. CAUTION
sion control system. To prevent serious damage to the emis-
sion control system, you should do the . After turning the ignition switch
! If the light illuminates steadily following. to the “ON” position, if this
S03AE0401 indicator light/warning light be-
If the light illuminates steadily while driving . Reduce vehicle speed.
haves in any of the following
or does not turn off after the engine starts, . Avoid hard acceleration. ways, the electrical system may
an emission control system malfunction . Avoid steep uphill grades. be malfunctioning. Contact your
has been detected.
. Reduce the amount of cargo, if possi- SUBARU dealer immediately for
You should have your vehicle checked by ble. an inspection.
an authorized SUBARU dealer immedi-
. Stop towing a trailer as soon as – It remains blinking in RED.
ately.
possible. – It remains illuminated in RED
NOTE The CHECK ENGINE warning light may for more than 2 seconds.
This light also illuminates when the fuel stop blinking and illuminate steadily after – It remains blinking in RED and
filler cap is not tightened until it clicks. several driving trips. You should have your BLUE alternately.
If you have recently refueled your vehicle, vehicle checked by an authorized . While driving, if this indicator
the cause of the CHECK ENGINE warning SUBARU dealer immediately. light/warning light behaves in
light/malfunction indicator light illuminating any of the following ways, take
could be a loose or missing fuel filler cap. the specified appropriate mea-
Remove the cap and retighten it until it sure listed below.
clicks. Make sure nothing is interfering with
– Blinking or illuminated in
the sealing of the cap. Tightening the cap
RED:
will not make the CHECK ENGINE warn-
Safely stop the vehicle as
ing light turn off immediately. It may take
soon as possible, and refer to
several driving trips. If the light does not
the emergency steps to take in
turn off, take your vehicle to your author-
the case of engine overheat-
ing. After that, have the sys- creases over the specified range, the & Charge warning light S03AE05
tem checked by your nearest indicator light/warning light blinks in RED.
SUBARU dealer. Refer to “En- At this time, the engine is close to over- If this light illuminates when the engine is
gine overheating” F9-12. heating. running, it may indicate that the charging
system is not working properly.
– Blinking in RED and BLUE If the engine coolant temperature in-
alternately: creases further, the indicator light/warning If the light illuminates while driving or does 3
The electrical system may be light illuminates in RED continuously. At not turn off after the engine starts, stop the
malfunctioning. Contact your this time, the engine may be overheating. engine at the first safe opportunity and
SUBARU dealer for an inspec- check the alternator belt. If the belt is
tion. When the indicator light/warning light loose, broken or if the belt is in good
blinks in RED or illuminates in RED, safely condition but the light remains illuminated,
This coolant temperature low indicator stop the vehicle as soon as possible, and contact your nearest SUBARU dealer
light/coolant temperature high warning refer to the emergency steps to take in the immediately.
light has the following three functions. case of engine overheating. Refer to
. Illumination in BLUE indicates insuffi- “Engine overheating” F9-12. After that, & Oil pressure warning
cient warming up of the engine have the system checked by your nearest light S03AE06
SUBARU dealer.
. Blinking in RED indicates that the If this light illuminates when the engine is
engine is close to overheating Also, if the indicator light/warning light running, it may indicate that the engine oil
. Illumination in RED indicates overheat- often blinks in RED, the electrical system pressure is low and the lubricating system
ing condition of the engine may be malfunctioning. Contact your is not working properly.
SUBARU dealer for an inspection. If the light illuminates while driving or does
For a system check, this indicator light/
warning light illuminates in RED for ap- NOTE not turn off after the engine starts, stop the
proximately 2 seconds when the ignition engine at the first safe opportunity and
If the engine is restarted after a certain check the engine oil level. If the oil level is
switch is turned to the “ON” position. After driving condition, this indicator light/
that, this indicator light/warning light low, add oil immediately. If the engine oil is
warning light may illuminate in RED. at the proper level but the light remains
changes to BLUE and maintains illumina- However, this is not a malfunction if the
tion in BLUE. This BLUE illuminated light illuminated, contact your nearest
indicator light/warning light turns off SUBARU dealer immediately.
turns off when the engine is warmed up after a short time.
sufficiently. For details about checking the engine oil
level or adding the engine oil, refer to
If the engine coolant temperature in- “Engine oil” F11-8.
– CONTINUED –
inflated to the inflation pressure recom- when the system is not operating properly. WARNING
mended by the vehicle manufacturer on The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- bined with the low tire pressure telltale. If this light does not illuminate
sure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a When the system detects a malfunction, briefly after the ignition switch is
different size than the size indicated on the the telltale will flash for approximately one turned ON or the light illuminates
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure minute and then remain continuously steadily after blinking for approxi- 3
label, you should determine the proper tire illuminated. This sequence will continue mately one minute, you should have
inflation pressure for those tires.) upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long your Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-
as the malfunction exists. When the mal- tem checked at a SUBARU dealer as
As an added safety feature, your vehicle function indicator is illuminated, the sys-
has been equipped with a tire pressure soon as possible.
tem may not be able to detect or signal low If this light illuminates while driving,
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
a low tire pressure telltale when one or never brake suddenly and keep
tions may occur for a variety of reasons, driving straight ahead while gradu-
more of your tires is significantly under- including the installation of replacement or
inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire ally reducing speed. Then slowly
alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that pull off the road to a safe place.
pressure telltale illuminates, you should prevent the TPMS from functioning prop-
stop and check your tires as soon as Otherwise an accident involving
erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction serious vehicle damage and serious
possible, and inflate them to the proper telltale after replacing one or more tires or
pressure. Driving on a significantly under- personal injury could occur.
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and replacement or alternate tires and wheels If this light still illuminates while
can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also allow the TPMS to continue to function driving after adjusting the tire pres-
reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, properly. sure, a tire may have significant
and may affect the vehicle’s handling and damage and a fast leak that causes
stopping ability. Should the warning light illuminate steadily
after blinking for approximately one min- the tire to lose air rapidly. If you have
Please note that the TPMS is not a ute, have the system inspected by your a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire
substitute for proper tire maintenance, nearest SUBARU dealer as soon as as soon as possible.
and it is the driver’s responsibility to possible. When a spare tire is mounted or a
maintain correct tire pressure, even if wheel rim is replaced without the
under-inflation has not reached the level original pressure sensor/transmitter
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire being transferred, the Low tire pres-
pressure telltale. sure warning light will illuminate
Your vehicle has also been equipped with steadily after blinking for approxi-
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate mately one minute. This indicates
– CONTINUED –
the TPMS is unable to monitor all and rear tires. warning light illuminate simultaneously if
four road wheels. Contact your the EBD system malfunctions. For further
SUBARU dealer as soon as possible details of the EBD system malfunction
for tire and sensor replacement and/ & ABS warning light S03AE09 warning, refer to “Electronic Brake Force
or system resetting. Distribution (EBD) system warning” F3-
If the light illuminates steadily after CAUTION 21.
blinking for approximately one min- . If any of the following conditions NOTE
ute, promptly contact a SUBARU occur, we recommend that you
dealer to have the system inspected. If the warning light behavior is as
have the ABS repaired at the first described in the following conditions,
available opportunity by your the ABS may be considered normal.
SUBARU dealer. . The warning light illuminates when
CAUTION
– The warning light does not the ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
The tire pressure monitoring system illuminate when the ignition position and turns off approximately 2
is NOT a substitute for manually switch is turned to the “ON” seconds after the engine has started.
checking tire pressure. The tire position. . The warning light illuminates right
pressure should be checked peri- – The warning light illuminates after the engine is started but turns off
odically (at least monthly) using a when the ignition switch is immediately, remaining off.
tire gauge. After any change to tire turned to the “ON” position, . The warning light remains illumi-
pressure(s), the tire pressure mon- but it does not turn off even nated after the engine has been started,
itoring system will not re-check tire after the vehicle is started. but it turns off while driving.
inflation pressures until the vehicle . The warning light illuminates during
is first driven more than 20 mph (32 – The warning light illuminates driving, but it turns off immediately and
km/h). After adjusting the tire pres- during driving. remains off.
sures, increase the vehicle speed to . When the warning light is on (and
When driving with an insufficient battery
at least 20 mph (32 km/h) to start the the brake system warning light is
voltage such as when the engine is jump
TPMS re-checking of the tire infla- off), the ABS function shuts
started, the ABS warning light may illumi-
tion pressures. If the tire pressures down. However, the conventional
nate. This is due to the low battery voltage
are now above the severe low pres- brake system continues to oper-
and does not indicate a malfunction. When
sure threshold, the low tire pressure ate normally.
the battery becomes fully charged, the
warning light should turn off a few light will turn off.
minutes later. Therefore, be sure to The ABS warning light, Vehicle Dynamics
install the specified size for the front Control warning light, and brake system
& Brake system If the brake system warning light should location.
warning light (red) illuminate while driving (with the parking 2. Shut down the engine, apply the
S03AE10
brake fully released and with the ignition parking brake and then restart it.
This light illuminates with the parking switch positioned in “ON”), it could be an 3. Fully release the parking brake.
brake applied while the ignition switch is indication of leaking of brake fluid or worn 4. Even if all the warning lights do not
in the “ON” position. It turns off when the brake pads. If this occurs, immediately come back on, the EBD system may have 3
parking brake is fully released. stop the vehicle at the nearest safe a possible malfunction. Drive carefully to
location and check the brake fluid level. If the nearest SUBARU dealer and have the
WARNING the fluid level is below the “MIN” mark in system inspected.
the reservoir, do not drive the vehicle.
. Driving with the brake system 5. If all the warning lights stay illuminated
Have the vehicle towed to the nearest
warning light on is dangerous. or come back on after approximately 2
SUBARU dealer for repair.
This indicates your brake system seconds, shut down the engine, apply the
may not be working properly. If ! Electronic Brake Force Distribution parking brake and check the brake fluid
the light remains illuminated, (EBD) system warning level.
S03AE1003
have the brakes inspected by a The EBD system may be malfunctioning if
SUBARU dealer immediately. the brake system warning light / , . If the brake fluid level is not below the
Vehicle Dynamics Control warning light “MIN” mark, the EBD system may be
. If at all in doubt about whether the malfunctioning. Drive carefully to the
brakes are operating properly, do and ABS warning light / illuminate
simultaneously during driving. nearest SUBARU dealer and have the
not drive the vehicle. Have your system inspected.
vehicle towed to the nearest Even if the EBD system fails, the conven-
tional braking system will still function. . If the brake fluid level is below the “MIN”
SUBARU dealer for repair.
However, the rear wheels will be more mark, DO NOT drive the vehicle. Instead,
The brake system warning light has the prone to locking when the brakes are have the vehicle towed to the nearest
following functions. applied harder than usual and the vehicle’s SUBARU dealer for repair.
motion may therefore become somewhat ! Vacuum pressure system warning
! Brake fluid level warning S03AE1006
S03AE1002
harder to control. The brake system warning light /
This light illuminates when the brake fluid If the brake system warning light / , will illuminate when the vacuum pressure
level has dropped to near the “MIN” level of Vehicle Dynamics Control warning light sensor is malfunctioning or brake booster
the brake fluid reservoir with the ignition and ABS warning light / illuminate pressure is decreasing.
switch in the “ON” position and with the simultaneously, take the following steps. If the brake warning light continues to
parking brake fully released. 1. Stop the vehicle in the nearest safe, flat illuminate for several minutes after starting
– CONTINUED –
the engine, there may be a malfunction in WARNING & All-Wheel Drive warn-
the vacuum system. In this case, drive the ing light (CVT models) S03AE13
vehicle carefully and have the system When the Hill start assist warning
inspected by a SUBARU dealer. light illuminates, have the vehicle This light blinks if the vehicle is driven with
inspected at an authorized SUBARU tires of differing diameters fitted on the
& Low fuel warning light S03AE11
wheels or with an excessively low air
dealer.
The low fuel warning light illuminates when pressure in any of the tires.
the tank is nearly empty, at approximately
2.5 US gal (9.5 liters, 2.1 Imp gal). It only ! Hill start assist OFF indicator light WARNING
S03AE4702
operates when the ignition switch is in the While the Hill start assist system is
“ON” position. deactivated, the Hill start assist OFF If the AWD warning light flashes,
indicator light illuminates continuously to promptly park in a safe location then
CAUTION inform the driver that the Hill start assist check whether all four tires are the
system is not operational. same diameter and whether any of
Promptly put fuel in the tank when- the tires has a puncture or has lost
ever the low fuel warning light & Door open warning light S03AE12
air pressure for some other reason.
illuminates. Engine misfires as a Continuing to drive with the AWD
result of an empty tank could cause The warning light illuminates if any door or warning light flashing can lead to
damage to the engine. the rear gate is not fully closed. This powertrain damage.
function is effective even if the ignition
switch is in the “LOCK”/“OFF” or “ACC”
& Hill start assist warning position, or the key is removed from the NOTE
ignition switch. If the temporary spare tire is used, the
light/Hill start assist
OFF indicator light For some models, only the open doors are AWD warning light may flash. Use of the
S03AE47
indicated by the warning lights. temporary spare tire should therefore
be restricted to the minimum time
! Hill start assist warning light Always make sure this light is not illumi- necessary. Replace the temporary
S03AE4701
While the engine is running, if there are nated before you start to drive. spare tire with a conventional tire as
any malfunctions in the Hill start assist soon as possible.
system, the warning light will illuminate.
& Power steering warning . The steering wheel remains in the ABS. Accordingly, if the ABS is
light fully turned position for a long period of inoperative, the Vehicle Dynamics
S03AE53
time. Control system becomes unable to
While the engine is running, this warning provide ABS control. As a result, the
light illuminates when a malfunction has At this time, there will be more resis- Vehicle Dynamics Control system
been detected in the electric power steer- tance when steering. However this is also becomes inoperative, causing 3
ing system. not a malfunction. Normal steering the warning light to illuminate.
force will be restored after the steering Although both the Vehicle Dynamics
CAUTION wheel is not operated for a while and Control system and ABS are inop-
the power steering control system has erative in this case, the ordinary
When the power steering warning an opportunity to cool down. However,
light is illuminated, there may be functions of the brake system are
if the power steering is operated in a still available. You will be safe while
more resistance when the steering non-standard way which causes power
wheel is operated. Drive carefully to driving with this condition, but drive
assist limitation to occur too frequently, carefully and have your vehicle
the nearest SUBARU dealer and that may result in a malfunction of the
have the vehicle inspected immedi- checked at a SUBARU dealer as
power steering control system. soon as possible.
ately.
& Vehicle Dynamics Con-
NOTE trol warning light/Vehi- NOTE
If the steering wheel is operated in the cle Dynamics Control . If the electrical circuit of the Vehicle
Dynamics Control system itself mal-
following ways, the power steering operation indicator functions, the warning light only illumi-
control system may temporarily limit light
the power assist in order to prevent the
S03AE14 nates. At this time, the ABS (Anti-lock
system components, such as the con- Brake System) remains fully opera-
trol computer and drive motor, from ! Vehicle Dynamics Control warning tional.
overheating. light . The warning light illuminates when
S03AE1401 the electronic control system of the
. The steering wheel is operated fre- ABS/Vehicle Dynamics Control system
quently and turned sharply while the CAUTION
malfunctions.
vehicle is maneuvered at extremely low . The Vehicle Dynamics Control warn-
The Vehicle Dynamics Control sys-
speeds, such as while frequently turn- ing light, ABS warning light, and brake
tem provides its ABS control
ing the steering wheel during parallel system warning light illuminate simul-
through the electrical circuit of the
parking. taneously if the EBD system malfunc-
– CONTINUED –
tions. For further details of the EBD driving, but it turns off immediately and warmed up) after the engine has started.
system malfunction warning, refer to remains off.
“Electronic Brake Force Distribution . The warning light illuminates when & Vehicle Dynamics Con-
(EBD) system warning” F3-21. the engine has stalled and continues to trol OFF indicator light S03AE15
The Vehicle Dynamics Control system is illuminate after the engine has been
restarted. However, it will turn off once The light illuminates when the Vehicle
probably inoperative under any of the Dynamics Control OFF switch is pressed
following conditions. Have your vehicle the vehicle starts moving.
to deactivate the Vehicle Dynamics Con-
checked at a SUBARU dealer immedi- ! Vehicle Dynamics Control operation trol system.
ately. indicator light
. The warning light does not illuminate S03AE1402 The Vehicle Dynamics Control system is
The indicator light flashes during activation probably malfunctioning under any of the
when the ignition switch is turned to the
of the skid suppression function and during following conditions. Have your vehicle
“ON” position.
activation of the traction control function. checked at a SUBARU dealer immedi-
. The warning light illuminates while the
ately.
vehicle is running. NOTE
. The light does not illuminate when the
NOTE . The light may remain illuminated for
ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
a short period of time after the engine
If the warning light behavior is as position.
has been started, especially in cold
described in the following examples, weather. This does not indicate the . The light does not turn off even once
the Vehicle Dynamics Control system existence of a problem. The light several seconds have elapsed after the
may be considered normal. should turn off as soon as the engine ignition switch has been turned to the “ON”
. The warning light illuminates when has warmed up. position.
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON” . The indicator light illuminates when
position and turns off approximately 2 the engine has developed a problem
seconds after the engine has started. and the CHECK ENGINE warning light/
. The warning light illuminates right malfunction indicator light is on.
after the engine is started but turns off
immediately, remaining off. The Vehicle Dynamics Control system is
. The warning light illuminates after probably malfunctioning under the follow-
the engine has started and turns off ing condition. Have your vehicle checked
while the vehicle is subsequently being at a SUBARU dealer as soon as possible.
driven. . The light does not turn off even after the
. The warning light illuminates during lapse of several minutes (the engine has
– CONTINUED –
The driver’s door was opened while the Switch the push-button ignition switch to
push-button ignition switch is “ACC” (in “OFF”, or close the driver’s door.
CVT models, when the select lever is in *When exiting the vehicle, be sure to
Ding, switch the push-button ignition switch to
ding ... — — the “P” position). “OFF”.
(intermittent)
The push-button ignition switch was
switched to “OFF” while the driver’s door Close the driver’s door.
is open.
Take out the access key fob from the
Lockout warning: vehicle, and lock the doors.
Ding Short beep — An attempt was made to lock all doors *The doors cannot be locked while the
(2 seconds) while the access key fob is left inside the access key fob is inside the vehicle.
vehicle. *A chirp sound will be heard, and all doors
will be unlocked.
Access key fob lock-in warning: Take out the access key fob from the
Short beep The door lock sensor was touched while vehicle, and lock the doors.
— (2 seconds) — the push-button ignition switch is “OFF” *If the access key fob is inside the vehicle,
and the access key fob is inside the the doors cannot be locked.
vehicle.
Door ajar warning:
Beep, beep, beep, The door lock sensor is touched while the Close the doors securely and lock them.
— beep, beep — ignition switch is in the “OFF” position and *If one of the doors including the rear gate
(5 times) one of the doors including the rear gate is is opened, the doors cannot be locked.
opened.
Power warning: Return the access key fob inside the
The door lock sensor was touched while vehicle, or switch the push-button ignition
Ding Long beep (60 — carrying the access key fob, the push- switch to “OFF”.
seconds max.) button ignition switch is in a position other *If the push-button ignition switch is not
than “OFF” (in CVT models, when the switched to “OFF”, the doors cannot be
select lever is in the “P” position). locked.
Ding, Access key warning: Carry the access key fob, and drive the
ding ... — — The vehicle was driven while the access vehicle.
(7 seconds) key fob is not inside the vehicle.
– CONTINUED –
Flashes in green Steering lock warning: While turning the steering wheel right and
Ding — (15 seconds max.) The engine start procedure was per- left lightly, depress the brake pedal and
formed, but the steering is still locked. press the push-button ignition switch.
– CONTINUED –
& Select lever/gear position in- rapidly, the turn signal bulb may be burned
dicator (CVT models) out. Replace the bulb as soon as possible.
S03AE43 Refer to “Replacing bulbs” F11-37.
indicator (which shows the current gear This light illuminates when the cruise
selection) and the upshift/downshift indi- control main button is pressed to activate
cator light up. Refer to “Continuously the cruise control function. For details,
variable transmission” F7-24. refer to “To set cruise control” F7-48.
If this light blinks, do not use the cruise
& Turn signal indicator control. In addition, if it blinks frequently,
lights S03AE20 contact your SUBARU dealer for an
These lights show the operation of the turn inspection.
signal or lane change signal.
If the indicator lights do not blink or blink
CAUTION & LED headlight warning . when the light switch is turned to the
light (models with LED “ ” or “ ” position
If the CHECK ENGINE warning light/ headlights) . when the light control switch is in the
S03AE76
malfunction indicator light illumi- “AUTO” position and the headlights illumi-
nates, the cruise control indicator This light illuminates if the LED headlights nate automatically
light flashes at the same time. At this malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected 3
time, avoid driving at high speed and at a SUBARU dealer as soon as possible. & Steering responsive fog
have your vehicle inspected at a lights warning indica-
SUBARU dealer as soon as possi- & Steering Responsive tor/Steering responsive
ble. Headlight warning light/ fog lights OFF indicator
Steering Responsive (if equipped) S03AE77
Headlight OFF indicator
& Cruise control set indi- light (if equipped) NOTE
S03AE89
cator light (if equipped) S03AE23 For details about the steering respon-
This light illuminates when the Steering
This light illuminates when vehicle speed sive fog lights system, refer to “Steer-
Responsive Headlight OFF switch is
has been set to use the cruise control ing responsive fog lights system” F3-
pressed to deactivate the Steering Re-
function. Refer to “To set cruise control” 71.
sponsive Headlight. Also, the light flashes
F7-48. when a malfunction occurs in the Steering ! Steering responsive fog lights
Responsive Headlight. Refer to “Steering warning indicator
& Automatic headlight Responsive Headlight (SRH)” F3-69. S03AE7701
beam leveler warning This indicator appears when the steering
light (models with LED responsive fog lights system malfunctions.
& Front fog light indicator When this indicator appears while the
headlights) S03AE33 light (if equipped) S03AE25 system is activated, contact your SUBARU
This light illuminates when the automatic This indicator light illuminates while the dealer for an inspection.
headlight beam leveler does not operate front fog lights are illuminated. ! Steering responsive fog lights OFF
normally. indicator
If this light illuminates during driving, have & Headlight indicator S03AE7702
This indicator appears when the steering
your vehicle inspected at your SUBARU light (if equipped) S03AE24 responsive fog lights system is deacti-
dealer. vated. This indicator disappears when the
This indicator light illuminates under the
following conditions. system is activated.
– CONTINUED –
& X-MODE indicator (if & BSD/RCTA OFF indica- & Icy road surface warn-
equipped) S03AE68 tor (if equipped) S03AE86 ing indicator (if
This indicator appears while the X-MODE The indicator appears when the BSD/ equipped) S03AE82
is activated. It will disappear when the X- RCTA OFF switch is pressed to deactivate When the outside temperature is 378F
MODE is deactivated. Refer to “To acti- the BSD/RCTA, or when the BSD/RCTA is (38C) or less, the icy road surface warning
vate/deactivate the X-MODE” F7-39. suspended temporarily. In this case the will illuminate to inform the driver that the
BSD/RCTA OFF indicator will be shown on road surface may be frozen.
& Hill descent control in- the combination meter display (color
dicator (if equipped) S03AE69
LCD). For details, refer to “BSD/RCTA” NOTE
F7-53. . The outside temperature indicator
This indicator appears while the hill des- shows the temperature in the area
cent control function is in standby. It will & RAB warning around the sensor. Therefore, the tem-
flash while the hill descent control function indicator (if equipped) perature indication may differ from the
S03AE91
is operating. It will disappear when the hill actual outside air temperature.
descent control function is not available. This indicator illuminates if the Reverse . The icy road surface warning screen
Refer to “Hill descent control function” F7- Automatic Braking System malfunctions. should be treated only as a guide. Be
40. Refer to “Reverse Automatic Braking sure to check the condition of the road
System” F7-62. surface before driving.
& BSD/RCTA warning in- . Once the icy road surface warning
dicator (if equipped) S03AE80
& RAB OFF indicator light screen appears, it will not disappear
(if equipped) S03AE92 unless the outside temperature has
This warning indicator appears when the
BSD/RCTA is malfunctioning. In this case This indicator illuminates when the Re- increased to 418F (58C) or higher.
the BSD/RCTA warning indicator will be verse Automatic Braking System is turned
shown on the combination meter display OFF, or when the Reverse Automatic
(color LCD). When this indicator appears, Braking System is suspended temporarily.
have your vehicle inspected by your Refer to “Reverse Automatic Braking
SUBARU dealer as soon as possible. System” F7-62.
Steering Responsive
Headlight warning light 3-31
(if equipped)
– CONTINUED –
Mark Name Page & Basic screens Current fuel consumption screen:
S03BN06
Steering responsive fog By operating the “ ” or “ ” switch on the
lights OFF indicator (if 3-31 steering wheel, you can change the screen
equipped)
that is always displayed.
Windshield washer fluid Average fuel consumption screen:
warning light 3-18
– CONTINUED –
warning volume. the door is locked or unlocked. ! Welcome Lighting (if equipped)
S03BN070806
! EyeSight (models with EyeSight . Hazard Warning Flasher Sets the leaving time and approaching
system) Sets the operation of the hazard warning time.
S03BN0702
flasher that blinks when the door is locked . Approaching time set
NOTE or unlocked.
For models with the EyeSight system, Sets the illumination time of the headlights 3
. Security Relocking (if equipped) that illuminate when you approach the
refer to the Owner’s Manual supple-
ment for the EyeSight system. The automatic locking operation period vehicle.
can be set or customized. Select the . Leaving time set
! RAB (models with EyeSight system) preferred seconds to customize the opera-
Sets the time until the headlights turn off
S03BN0712
The Sonar Audible Alarm can be set to on tion period.
when you have moved away from the
or off. . Driver Door Unlock (if equipped) vehicle.
Select only the driver’s door to unlock or all
NOTE doors to unlock simultaneously when the ! One-touch lane changer
For models with Reverse Automatic driver’s door is unlocked. S03BN070807
Sets the one-touch lane changer on/off.
Braking system, refer to “Reverse . Rear Gate/Trunk Unlock (if equipped)
Automatic Braking System” F7-62. Select only the rear gate to unlock or all ! Default Settings
S03BN0704
doors to unlock simultaneously when Select “Yes” to use the menu screen to
! Sonar Audible Alarm accessing from the cargo area. restore customized settings to the factory
S03BN071204
When the Reverse Automatic Braking default settings. Select “No” to return to the
system is in operation, the warning sound ! Defogger previous screen without restoring to the
to notify that an obstacle is detected in the S03BN070802 factory default settings.
Sets and customizes the operation of the
rear can be activated or deactivated. defogger.
! Vehicle Setting
S03BN0708 ! Interior Light
After entering the “Vehicle Setting” menu, S03BN070803
select one of the following menus. Sets and customizes the interior light off
delay timer.
! Keyless Entry System
S03BN070801 ! Auto Light Sensor (if equipped)
Sets the settings used when the keyless S03BN070804
access function was operated. Sets and customizes the sensitivity of the
auto light sensor.
. Audible Signal (if equipped)
Sets the electronic chirp that sounds when
– CONTINUED –
! Journey time (models without com- time a complete hour has elapsed. If the speed corresponding to the A trip meter
bination meter display (color LCD)) display is giving a reading other than the display and the average vehicle speed
S03BO0904
journey time, the display switches to the corresponding to the B trip meter display.
journey time, flashes for 5 seconds, and When either of the trip meter displays is
returns to its original reading each time a reset, the corresponding average vehicle
complete hour has elapsed. speed value is also reset. 3
NOTE NOTE
The journey time is reset when the When either trip meter display is reset,
ignition switch is turned to the “ACC” the average vehicle speed correspond-
or “LOCK”/“OFF” position. ing to that trip meter display is not
shown until the vehicle has subse-
! Average vehicle speed quently covered a distance of 1 mile
S03BO0905
(or 1 km).
! Turn off display of driving informa-
The journey time shows the time that has tion display
elapsed since the ignition switch was S03BO0906
turned to the “ON” position. Select the blank space in the menu to exit
the driving information display selection.
NOTE
. The average fuel consumption and
average vehicle speed are calculated
even while the driving information dis-
play is not displayed.
. Even if you turn off the driving
1) When units in miles is selected information display, the display will
2) When units in km is selected automatically turn on when the battery
This display shows the average vehicle voltage is disconnected and then re-
speed since the trip meter was last reset. connected for battery replacement or
Pressing the TRIP RESET switch toggles fuse replacement.
The journey time indication flashes each the display between the average vehicle
– CONTINUED –
& Outside temperature indica- ! Road surface freeze warning indi- condition of the road surface before
tor cation driving.
S03BO01 S03BO0101
& Clock
S03BO10
For details about clock setting, refer to
“Clock” F3-60.
– CONTINUED –
1) Clock
2) Climate control*
3) Outside temperature
4) Information screen
*: This is not displayed on the multi-function
display (color LCD) when the ignition switch
– CONTINUED –
! Information screen
S03BP1019
Press the INFO button on the steering wheel to switch the item displayed on the information screen.
– CONTINUED –
– CONTINUED –
*1: If equipped
*2: Models with SiriusXM Satellite Radio
! Audio screen
S03BP101907
1) Driving range on remaining fuel The time and date are displayed.
2) Average fuel consumption corresponding You can adjust the time and date. For
The screen of the currently selected audio to the driving distance of each trip meter
details, refer to “Clock” F3-60.
source is displayed. 3) Current fuel consumption
For details about how to use the audio set, The fuel consumption information is dis-
refer to the separate navigation/audio played on the screen.
Owner’s Manual.
NOTE
The driving range on remaining fuel is
only a guide. The indicated value may
differ from the actual driving range on
remaining fuel, so you must immedi-
ately fill the tank when the low fuel
warning light illuminates.
– CONTINUED –
– CONTINUED –
a message will be displayed when the 1. Select “Screen Off” from the 2nd menu
ignition switch is turned to the “ON” in setting screen. Refer to “Setting screen”
position. This function can be set to on or F3-54.
off. For details, refer to “Bypass screen
setting” F3-57. 3. Enter the date and the text by using the
1. Select “Birthday” from the 2nd menu in control switches.
the setting screen. Refer to “Setting 4. Select “Set” to exit settings. Select “Go
screen” F3-54. Back” to return to the previous screen
without applying the setting changes.
NOTE
You can store a maximum of 5 birth-
days.
! Anniversary setting
S03BP280103
1. The procedure for setting an anniver- 2. Select “Yes” to turn off the screen.
sary is the same as “Birthday setting” F3- Select “No” to return to the previous
56, except that in step 1 “Anniversary” is screen.
selected.
Restoring the screen
2. Select from the list the number that you When the INFO button is operated after
the ignition switch is turned to the “ON” or 3. Select “Set” to exit settings. Select “Go switches.
“ACC” position, the screen will be restored. Back” to return to the previous screen 3. Select “Set” to exit settings. Select “Go
The screen will be restored with the basic without applying the setting changes. Back” to return to the previous screen
screen that was displayed when the without applying the setting changes.
screen was turned off. NOTE
. You can display a maximum of the 3
NOTE 3
NOTE items.
While the screen is off, the screen . The same item cannot be selected Traffic information setting is only dis-
switches to the climate control screen for the left, center or right location. played for the audio unit with SiriusXM
only when the climate control system is . Weather information for 3 hours satellite radio.
operated. later or 6 hours later can be displayed.
! Beep setting
S03BP280504
! Favorite setting 1. Select “Beep” from the 2nd menu in the
S03BP280502 ! Bypass screen setting
1. Select the “Favorite” from the 2nd S03BP280503 setting screen. Refer to “Setting screen”
menu in setting screen. Refer to “Setting 1. Select “Bypass Screen” from the 2nd F3-54.
screen” F3-54. menu in the setting screen. Refer to
“Setting screen” F3-54.
! Type A multi-function display (black press and hold the “+” button for approxi-
and white) mately 2 seconds. The clock format will
S03AF0301 then change.
1. Turn the ignition switch to “ON”.
4. The clock display will continue to flash
6. Press the “+” button or the “−” button
for approximately 3 seconds to indicate
beside the clock.
that the clock display has been changed.
! Type B multi-function display (color 6. Press the “INFO” button on the steer-
LCD) ing wheel to display the guidance screen.
S03AF0302
NOTE
switch.
& Setting the clock automati- ! Models without navigation system Light control switch
S03AF0202
cally The clock will be set and adjusted auto- S03AH
& Headlights ker lights, rear side marker lights, tail lights ! Welcome lighting function (if
S03AH01 and license plate lights are automatically equipped)
on or off depending on the level of the S03AH0103
The welcome lighting function turns on the
ambient light. low beam headlight for smooth approach-
NOTE ing to or exiting from the vehicle at night or
in a dark place.
The sensitivity of the auto on/off head-
lights can be changed by a SUBARU The function is activated while all of the
dealer. Consult your SUBARU dealer following conditions are met.
for details. Also, for models with a . The light control switch is in the “AUTO”
combination meter display (color position
LCD), the setting can be changed using . It is dark enough to turn on the auto on/
the display. For details, refer to “Vehicle off headlights
Setting” F3-39.
. Auto-on/off wiper-linked headlights When approaching:
To turn on the headlights, turn the knob on
the end of the turn signal lever. While the light control switch is in the While the welcome lighting function is
“AUTO” position, the headlights will auto- activated, the low beam headlights will
“ ” position: matically turn on when the windshield automatically illuminate when unlocking
Instrument panel illumination, headlights, wipers operate several times. The head- the doors and the rear gate by using the
parking lights, front side marker lights, rear lights will automatically turn off when the remote keyless entry system.
side marker lights, tail lights and license wipers stop. The low beam headlights will remain
plate lights are on. illuminated for 30 seconds*1 and then turn
“ ” position: NOTE off. However, if any of the following
Instrument panel illumination, parking The ON/OFF setting of this function can operations is done, the low beam head-
lights, front side marker lights, rear side be changed by a SUBARU dealer. lights will turn off.
marker lights, tail lights and license plate Consult your SUBARU dealer for de-
. The doors are locked.
lights are on. tails.
. The light control switch is turned to a
“ ” position (if equipped): position other than “AUTO”.
. Auto on/off headlights “ ” position:
The headlights are all off. . The ignition switch is turned to the “ON”
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.
position, the instrument panel illumination,
headlights, parking lights, front side mar-
– CONTINUED –
& Headlight flasher & High beam assist function (if vehicle.
S03AH03
equipped) . When the EyeSight system is malfunc-
S03AH07
tioning or is temporarily stopped.
NOTE
. The high beam assist function uti- NOTE
lizes the stereo camera installed at the The factory setting (default setting) for
position of the front map lights. this function is set as “operational”.
. For details on how to handle the This setting can be changed to OFF
stereo camera, refer to the Owner’s (non-operation) at SUBARU dealers.
Manual supplement for the EyeSight For more details, contact a SUBARU
system. dealer.
The high beam assist function automati-
! How to use the high beam assist
cally changes the headlight from high
function
beam to low beam (or vice versa). S03AH0701
The high beam assist function will be
When all of the following conditions are activated when all the following conditions
CAUTION met, the headlight will change to high are met.
Do not hold the lever in the flashing beam. . The light control switch is in the “AUTO”
position for more than just a few . When the vehicle speed increases to or position and the low beam headlights are
seconds. above 20 mph (32 km/h). on automatically.
. There is no preceding or oncoming . The turn signal lever is pushed forward.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever vehicle.
toward you and then release it. The high . The forward area of the vehicle is dark.
beam will stay on for as long as you hold . The road does not have a sharp curve.
the lever.
When any of the following conditions is
When the headlights are on high beam, the met, the headlight will change to low beam.
high beam indicator light “ ” on the
combination meter also illuminates. . When the vehicle speed decreases to
or below 10 mph (16 km/h).
. When the forward area of the vehicle is
bright.
. When there is a preceding or oncoming
! How to temporarily lower the sensi- the next time the ignition switch is
tivity of the high beam assist func- turned to the “LOCK”/“OFF” position
tion and the engine is restarted.
S03AH0704
The sensitivity of the high beam assist ! How to change the headlight mode
function can be lowered by performing the manually
following operations. S03AH0702
3
Change to the low beam:
1. Before turning the ignition switch to the
“ON” position, set the light control switch to When you return the turn signal lever to the
the “AUTO” position and push the signal center position, the high beam assist
lever forward (high beam position). function will turn off and the high beam
assist indicator light will turn off.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
position and within approximately 15 sec- Change to the high beam:
High beam assist indicator onds, press the “ / ” (following distance When you turn the light control switch to
setting) switch more than 10 times con- the “ ” position, the headlight mode will
When the high beam assist function is secutively.
activated, the high beam assist indicator be changed to the high beam.
light on the combination meter will illumi- At this time, the high beam assist function
nate. When the sensitivity of the high beam will turn off, the high beam assist indicator
assist function is lowered, the EyeSight will turn off and the high beam indicator
NOTE temporary stop indicator (White) “ ” on light will turn on.
If the high beam assist function is the combination meter will illuminate.
malfunctioning or is temporarily NOTE
stopped, the headlight will be fixed at
NOTE . After manually changing the head-
low beam. . The sensitivity of the high beam light mode to the high beam, if you turn
assist function cannot be lowered in on the high beam assist function,
the following conditions. return the light control switch to the
– Cruise control or Adaptive Cruise “AUTO” position.
Control is in operation . When manually changing the head-
– The EyeSight warning indicator light mode to the high beam, if you turn
(yellow) is illuminated the light control switch to the “ ”
. The sensitivity of the high beam position, the instrument panel illumina-
assist function returns to normal level tion, parking lights, front side marker
lights, rear side marker lights, tail lights
– CONTINUED –
and license plate lights will be on. are dirty. ged from the high beam to the low beam.
– If there are lights similar to the – When your vehicle passes an on-
! Tips for the high beam assist sys- headlights or the tail lights in the coming vehicle suddenly in a blind
tem surrounding area. curve.
S03AH0703
. The high beam assist function recog- – When an oncoming vehicle or ve- – When another vehicle passes in
nizes the conditions surrounding the ve- hicle ahead is driven without its head- front of your vehicle.
hicle based on the brightness of illumina- lights and tail lights on. – When an oncoming vehicle or ve-
tion ahead of your vehicle, etc. Therefore, – If the headlights of an oncoming hicle ahead comes in and out of view
the headlight mode may switch in some vehicle or the tail lights of a vehicle because of continuous curves, median
situations that do not match to the driver’s ahead are dirty or discolored, or if the strips, roadside trees, etc.
sense. light beams are not aimed correctly. . If the stereo camera detects the light of
. A bicycle or cargo cycle may not be – When a rapid change of brightness the front fog lights of an oncoming vehicle,
detected. continues while driving. the headlight mode may change from the
. Under the following situations, the – When driving on a road with many high beam to the low beam automatically.
brightness of ambient illumination may ups and downs or uneven surfaces. . The headlight mode may change from
not be detected correctly and the high – When driving on a road with many the high beam to the low beam, or the low
beam assist function may not work prop- curves. beam mode may continue, when affected
erly. As a result, the glare of the high beam – When there are some objects that by a street light, traffic signal, illumination
may disturb the oncoming vehicle or reflect light strongly, such as a road of an advertisement board, or a reflective
vehicle ahead. Also, the low beam mode sign or a mirror in vehicle ahead. object such as a road sign and signboard.
may continue although there are no – When the rear part of the vehicle . The timing of the change of headlight
oncoming vehicles and vehicles ahead. ahead, such as a container, reflects mode may differ due to the following
In the such cases, change the headlight light strongly. factors.
mode manually. – Color or brightness of the headlights
– When the headlights of your vehicle
– In bad weather (fog, snow, sand are damaged or dirty. of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lights
storm, heavy rain, etc.). of a vehicle ahead.
– When your vehicle is tilted, such as
– When the windshield glass is dirty or in case the vehicle has a flat tire or is – The headlights of the oncoming
fogged. being towed. vehicle or the tail lights of the vehicle
– When the windshield is cracked or – Immediately after the engine has ahead are covered with mud, snow,
damaged. started. etc.
– When the stereo camera is de- . In the following conditions, the head- – Movement and direction of an on-
formed or the stereo camera lenses light mode will not be automatically chan- coming vehicle or a vehicle ahead.
– When the headlights of an oncom- . For CVT models, the select lever is in a Steering Responsive Head-
ing vehicle or the tail lights of a vehicle position other than the “P” position.
ahead illuminate on only one side.
light (SRH) (if equipped)
– When the oncoming vehicle or NOTE S03BL
WARNING
When the daytime running lights are
1) The target area of illumination when SRH
illuminated, the tail lights do not is activated
illuminate. When it becomes dark 2) The target area of illumination when SRH
outside, turn the light switch to the is not activated
“ ” position to illuminate the head-
lights and tail lights. This will im- SRH is a function that automatically moves
prove visibility and allow other dri- the headlight beam to the left or right in
vers to see your vehicle more easily. accordance with the steering angle and
vehicle speed. This function helps to
The daytime running lights will automati- improve the visibility at night by illuminat-
cally illuminate when the following condi- ing the road ahead at corners and inter-
tions are fulfilled. sections.
. The engine is running.
. The parking brake is fully released.
. The light control switch is in the “AUTO”
(if equipped), “ ” or off position.
– CONTINUED –
3-70 Instruments and controls/Headlight beam leveler (models with LED headlights)
indicator on the combination meter flashes The LED headlights produce more light
when the ignition switch is in the “ON” than conventional halogen headlights.
position. It indicates that SRH has been When the vehicle is carrying a heavy load
deactivated. Contact a SUBARU dealer for and the headlight beams are angled
an inspection. upwards, the driver of an oncoming vehicle
NOTE may experience glare.
To prevent this, the automatic headlight
. If you turn the ignition switch to the
beam leveler adjusts the headlights to the
“OFF” position with SRH turned off and
optimum height automatically depending
then start the engine again, SRH will
You can turn the SRH function on or off by on the load the vehicle is carrying.
automatically turn on.
pressing the SRH OFF switch. . When you turn the ignition switch to
the “ON” position, the SRH OFF indi-
cator will illuminate and turn off after
several seconds.
. SRH only activates when the vehicle
is traveling forward at the speed of
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) or more.
. SRH may not activate when the shift
lever (MT models) is selected in 1st
gear.
Fog light switch (if equipped) . The light control switch is in the “ ”
S03BA
position, or the light control switch is in the
“AUTO” position and the low beam head-
lights are turned on automatically
. The fog light switch is in the “ ” position
. The low beam mode is selected 3
. The select lever is in the “D” position or
the manual mode is selected.
. The steering response fog lights sys-
tem has not been deactivated
. The operating conditions such as the
steering angle and vehicle speed are met
The indicator light on the combination The front fog lights on both sides will turn
meter will illuminate when the front fog on as usual if all of the following conditions
1) Headlight switch lights are illuminated. are met.
2) Fog light switch
. The light control switch is in either of the
The front fog lights will turn on when the & Steering responsive fog following conditions.
fog light switch is placed in the “ ” position lights system (if equipped) – in the “ ” position
S03BA03
while the headlights are in the following The steering responsive fog lights system – in the “AUTO” position and the low
condition. automatically turns the front fog light on beam headlights turn on automatically
. while the headlight switch is in the “ ” and off based on the steering angle and . The fog light switch is in the “ ”
position vehicle speed when entering a curve or position
. for models with the auto on/off head- driving on curved roads. The system is . The low beam mode is selected
lights, while the headlight switch is in the intended to help prevent accidents by
“AUTO” position and the low beam head- enabling better visibility of curves ahead
lights turn on automatically and early recognition of any disabled
vehicles or other obstacles.
To turn off the front fog lights, turn the
switch back down to the “ ” position. The front fog light on the inside of a curve
will turn on if all of the following conditions
are met.
– CONTINUED –
! Steering responsive fog lights OFF ! Steering responsive fog lights OFF Turn signal lever
switch indicator S03AI
S03BA0301 S03BA0302
Steering responsive fog lights OFF switch Steering responsive fog lights OFF indi- 1) Right turn
cator 2) Lane change right signal
Press this switch to deactivate the steering 3) Lane change left signal
responsive fog lights system. Press the This indicator appears when the steering
4) Left turn
switch again to activate the system. responsive fog lights system is deacti-
vated. This indicator disappears when the If the lever does not return after cornering,
system is activated. return the lever to the neutral position by
hand.
To signal a lane change, push the turn
signal lever up or down slightly and hold it
during the lane change. The lever will
return automatically to the neutral position
when you release it.
& One-touch lane changer Wiper and washer . In freezing weather, be sure that
S03AI01
To flash the turn signal and turn signal S03AM the blade rubbers are not frozen
indicator light three times, push the turn to the windshield or rear window
signal lever up or down slightly and WARNING before switching on the wipers.
immediately release it. Attempting to operate the wiper
In freezing weather, do not use the with the blades frozen to the 3
NOTE windshield washer until the wind- window glass could cause not
The operational/non-operational shield is sufficiently warmed by the only the blade rubbers to be
setting of the one-touch lane changer defroster. damaged but also might cause
can be changed by a SUBARU dealer. Otherwise the washer fluid can the wiper motor to fail. If the blade
Contact the nearest SUBARU dealer for freeze on the windshield, blocking rubbers are frozen to the window
details. For models with the combina- your view. glass, be sure to operate the
tion meter display (color LCD), the defroster, windshield wiper dei-
setting can also be changed by operat- cer (if equipped) or rear window
ing the combination meter display CAUTION defogger before turning on the
(color LCD). For details, refer to “Vehi- wiper.
cle Setting” F3-39. . Do not operate the washer con- . If the wipers stop during opera-
tinuously for more than 10 sec- tion because of ice or some other
onds, or when the washer fluid obstruction on the window, this
tank is empty. This may cause might cause the wiper motor to
overheating of the washer motor. fail even if the wiper switch is
Check the washer fluid level fre- turned off. If this occurs,
quently, such as at fuel stops. promptly stop the vehicle in a
. Do not operate the wipers when safe place, turn the ignition
the windshield or rear window is switch to the “LOCK”/“OFF” po-
dry. This may scratch the glass, sition and clean the window glass
damage the blade rubbers and to allow proper wiper operation.
might cause the wiper motor to . Use clean water if windshield
fail. Before operating the wiper washer fluid is unavailable. In
on a dry windshield or rear win- areas where water freezes in
dow, always use the windshield winter, use SUBARU Windshield
washer. Washer Fluid or the equivalent.
– CONTINUED –
Refer to “Windshield washer and streaking on the glass. If you & Windshield wiper and washer
fluid” F11-29. cannot remove those streaks after switches
. Do not clean the blade rubbers operating the washer or if the wiper S03AM01
operation is jerky, clean the outer sur- The wiper operates only when the ignition
with gasoline or a solvent, such switch is in the “ON” or “ACC” position.
as paint thinner or benzine. This face of the windshield or rear window
will cause deterioration of the and the blade rubbers using a sponge ! Operating the wiper lever
S03AM0106
blade rubbers. or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or
mild-abrasive cleaner. After cleaning,
rinse the window glass and blade
NOTE rubbers with clean water. The glass is
. The windshield wiper motor is pro- clean if no beads form on the glass
tected against overloads by a circuit when you rinse with water.
breaker. If the motor operates continu- . If you cannot eliminate the streaking
ously under an unusually heavy load, even after following this procedure,
the circuit breaker may trip to stop the replace the blade rubbers with new
motor temporarily. If this happens, park ones. For replacement instructions,
your vehicle in a safe place, turn off the refer to “Replacement of wiper blades”
wiper switch, and wait for approxi- F11-30.
mately 10 minutes. The circuit breaker
will reset itself, and the wipers will
again operate normally. : Mist operation (for a single wipe)
. Clean your blade rubbers and win- : Off
dow glass periodically with a washer : Intermittent operation
solution to prevent streaking, and to
remove accumulations of road salt or : Low speed operation
road film. Operate the windshield : High speed operation
washer for at least 1 second so that
washer solution will be sprinkled all For a single wipe of the wipers, push the
over the windshield or rear window. lever up. The wipers operate until you
. Grease, wax, insects or other mate- release the lever.
rial on the windshield or the blade
rubbers results in jerky wiper operation
When the wiper switch is in the “ ” To wash the windshield, pull the wiper
position, turn the dial to adjust the operat- control lever toward you. The washer fluid Windshield washer fluid warning light
ing interval of the wiper. The operating sprays until you release the lever. The
interval can be adjusted in several steps wipers operate while you pull the lever. The windshield washer fluid warning
from the shortest interval to the longest. light illuminates when the washer fluid
level in the tank has dropped to the
lower limit. If the warning light illumi-
nates, refill the tank with fluid. For the
refilling procedure, refer to “Wind-
shield washer fluid” F11-29.
– CONTINUED –
– CONTINUED –
3. To adjust for compass zone variance: & Auto-dimming mirror/com- ! To Operate the Auto-Dimming Fea-
(1) Find your current location and pass with HomeLink® (if ture
S03AP0705
zone number on the map. equipped) Press the “ ” switch to turn the auto-
(2) Press and hold the “ ” switch for S03AP07
dimming feature on/off. The auto-dimming
more than 6 seconds or until a zone feature is enabled when the switch’s green
number appears in the display. LED indicator is on. The auto-dimming
(3) Once the zone number appears in feature will default to on with each ignition
the display, toggle the “ ” switch cycle.
again until your current location zone
! To Operate the Compass Feature
number appears. After you stop press- S03AP0706
ing the switch, your new zone number 1. To turn the compass feature on/off,
will be saved. Within a few seconds, press and hold the “ ” switch for more
the display will show a compass direc- than 3 seconds or until the display turns
tion. on/off. The compass feature will default to
4. If the vehicle’s magnetics have chan- on with each ignition cycle.
ged or if the compass appears inaccurate, 2. If the display reads “C”, slowly drive the
recalibrate the compass. Press and hold 1) Display vehicle in circles until compass is cali-
the “ ” switch for more than 9 seconds or 2) HomeLink Buttons brated.
until a “C” appears in the display. Once a 3) Switch
“C” appears in the display, slowly drive the
vehicle in circles until compass is cali- During nighttime driving, the auto-dimming
brated. feature senses distracting glare from
vehicle headlights behind you and auto-
matically dims to eliminate the glare and
preserve your vision.
1) Indicator Light 1) “Learn” button 7. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
4. Press the HomeLink button that you 5. At the garage door opener motor, hold for two seconds and release the
would like to program and observe the (security gate motor, etc...) locate the HomeLink button up to three times. At this
indicator light. “Learn”, “Smart”, or “Program” button. This point programming is complete and your
. If the indicator light remains constant can usually be found where the hanging device should operate when the HomeLink
green, your device should operate antenna wire is attached to the motor-head button is pressed and released.
when the HomeLink button is pressed. unit (see the device’s manual to identify
At this point, if your device operates, this button). The name and color of the
programming is complete. button may vary by manufacturer.
. If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two sec- NOTE
onds and release the HomeLink button A ladder and/or second person may
up to three times to complete the simplify the following steps.
programming process. At this point if 6. Firmly press and release the “Learn”,
your device operates, programming is “Smart”, or “Program” button. You now
complete. If the device does not have 30 seconds in which to complete step
operate, continue with the next step 7.
of the programming instructions.
– CONTINUED –
! Gate Operator / Canadian Pro- the device during the “cycling” process
gramming to prevent possible overheating.
S03AP070410
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
Proceed with “Programming a New
transmitter remote signals to “time-out”
HomeLink Button” step 4 to complete.
(or quit) after several seconds of transmis-
sion, which may not be long enough for ! Using HomeLink
S03AP070411
HomeLink to pick up the signal during To operate, simply press and release the
programming. Similar to this Canadian programmed HomeLink button. Activation
law, some U.S. gate operators are de- will now occur for the trained device (i.e.
signed to “time-out” in the same manner. garage door opener, gate operator, secur-
The indicator LED on the hand-held ity system, entry door lock, home/office
remote will go off when the device times lighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-
out, indicating that it has finished transmit- held remote of the device may also be
1) Status Indicators
ting. used at any time.
8. If status indicator arrows appear next If you live in Canada or you are having
to the indicator light, please refer to ! Erasing HomeLink Buttons
difficulties programming a gate operator or S03AP070412
“Garage Door Two-Way Communication” garage door opener by using the program- To erase programming from the three
F3-83. ming procedures, replace “Programming a buttons (individual buttons cannot be
New HomeLink Button” step 3 with the erased but can be “reprogrammed” as
In the event that there are still program- outlined below), follow the step noted:
ming difficulties or questions, additional following:
HomeLink information and programming While the HomeLink indicator light is Press and hold the two outer HomeLink
videos can be found at flashing orange, press and release (“cy- buttons for at least 10 seconds. The LED
www.HomeLink.com and cle”) your device’s hand-held remote every indicator will change from continuously lit
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex. For two seconds until the HomeLink indicator to rapidly flashing. Release both buttons.
Genie and Sommer garage door openers light changes from orange to green. You Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
please go directly to the HomeLink web- may now release the hand-held remote HomeLink is now ready to be programmed
site. button. at any time beginning with “Programming a
New HomeLink Button” - step 1.
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug
! Reprogramming a Single Range may be reduced by obstacles such online at www.HomeLink.com and
HomeLink Button as houses or trees. You may have to slow www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex.
S03AP070406 your vehicle speed to successfully receive
To program a previously trained button, ! Using Two-Way Communication
the garage door opener communication. S03AP070415
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink ! Programming Two-Way Commu- 3
button. DO NOT release the button. nication
S03AP070414
2. The indicator light will begin to slowly
flash orange after 20 seconds. The
HomeLink button can be released at this
point. Proceed with “Programming a New
HomeLink Button” - step 3.
3. If you do not complete the program-
ming of a new device to the button, it will
revert to the previously stored program-
ming.
CAUTION
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party re-
sponsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
1) Garage Door Opener CLOSING (Blinking This device complies with part 15 of the
Orange) FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
2) Garage Door Opener CLOSED (Solid following two conditions: (1) This de-
Green)
3) Garage Door Opener OPENING (Blink-
vice may not cause harmful interfer-
ing Orange) ence, and (2) this device must accept
4) Garage Door Opener OPENED (Solid any interference received, including
Green) interference that may cause undesired
operation.
If two-way communication programming is
successful, HomeLink will display the
status of your garage door opener with
arrow indicators.
! Certification
S03AP070416
In the event that there are still program-
ming difficulties or questions, additional HomeLink® and the HomeLink® house are
HomeLink information and programming registered trademarks of Gentex Corpora-
videos can be found at tion.
www.HomeLink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex, or
Defogger and deicer (if The vehicle is equipped with the defogger
and the deicer (if equipped) system. The
equipped) defogger and deicer system is activated
S03BI
only when the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position.
outside mirrors have been cleared and the Tilt/telescopic steering wheel
windshield blade rubbers have been
NOTE
S03BF
deiced completely before that time, press . Turn on the defogger and deicer
the control switch to turn them off. system if the wipers are frozen to the WARNING
windshield.
For climate control system (type B and . If the windshield is covered with . Do not adjust the steering wheel 3
C), it is possible for the defogger and snow, remove the snow so that the tilt/telescopic position while driv-
deicer system to be set to continuous windshield wiper deicer works effec- ing. This may cause loss of
operation mode by a SUBARU dealer. tively. vehicle control and result in per-
Consult your SUBARU dealer for details. . While the defogger and deicer sys- sonal injury.
Also, for models with a combination meter tem is in the continuous operation . If the lever cannot be raised to the
display (color LCD), it is possible to set the mode: fixed position, adjust the steering
defogger and deicer system for the con- – If the vehicle speed remains at 9 wheel again. It is dangerous to
tinuous operation mode. For details, refer mph (15 km/h) or lower for 15 drive without locking the steering
to “Vehicle Setting” F3-39. minutes, the windshield wiper dei- wheel. This may cause loss of
cer system automatically stops op- vehicle control and result in per-
CAUTION erating. However, the rear window sonal injury.
defogger system and outside mirror
. To prevent the battery from being
defogger system maintain continu-
discharged, do not operate the
ous operation in this condition.
defogger and deicer system con-
tinuously for any longer than – If the vehicle battery voltage
necessary. drops below the permissible level,
continuous operation of the defog-
. Do not use sharp instruments or ger system and deicer system is
window cleaner containing abra- canceled and the system stops
sives to clean the inner surface of operating.
the rear window. They may da-
mage the conductors printed on
the window.
– CONTINUED –
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(233,1)
Climate control
Ventilator control .................................................... 4-2 Air inlet selection ...................................................4-9
S04
Center ventilators .................................................. 4-2 To turn off the climate control system.....................4-9
Side ventilators...................................................... 4-2 Defrosting.............................................................. 4-10
Climate control panel ............................................. 4-2 Operating tips for heater and air conditioner .... 4-10
Type A ................................................................... 4-3 Cleaning ventilation grille ..................................... 4-10
Type B ................................................................... 4-4 Efficient cooling after parking in direct sunlight .... 4-10
Type C ................................................................... 4-5 Lubrication oil circulation in the refrigerant
Automatic climate control operation circuit................................................................ 4-11 4
(type B and C) ...................................................... 4-6 Checking air conditioning system before
summer season ................................................. 4-11
Sensors ................................................................. 4-6
Cooling and dehumidifying in high humidity and
Manual climate control operation.......................... 4-7 low temperature weather conditions................... 4-11
Airflow mode selection........................................... 4-7 Air conditioner compressor shut-off when
MAX A/C mode (for type B and C) .......................... 4-8 engine is heavily loaded .................................... 4-11
Temperature control............................................... 4-8 Refrigerant for your climate control system .......... 4-11
Fan speed control .................................................. 4-9 Air filtration system...............................................4-11
Air conditioner control ........................................... 4-9 Replacing a cabin air filter .................................... 4-12
– CONTINUED –
NOTE
The climate control screen is displayed
on the multi-function display (color
LCD). Refer to “Climate control screen”
F3-48.
NOTE
The climate control screen is displayed
on the multi-function display (color
LCD). Refer to “Climate control screen”
F3-48.
1) Driver’s side temperature control dial 2) AUTO button (Refer to “Automatic cli-
(Refer to “Automatic climate control mate control operation (type B and C)”
operation (type B and C)” F4-6 and/or F4-6.)
“Temperature control” F4-8.) 3) Air conditioner button (Refer to “Air
conditioner control” F4-9.)
Automatic climate control operation, the “FULL” indicator light on & Sensors
the multi-function display (color LCD) S04AI03
operation (type B and C) will turn off and the “AUTO” indicator
The sensors are located as follows.
S04AI
light will remain illuminated. You can
When this mode is selected, the fan speed, then manually control the system as
airflow distribution, air-inlet control, and air desired using the button you operated.
conditioner compressor operation are To change the system back to the FULL
automatically controlled. To activate this AUTO mode, press the AUTO button.
mode, perform the following.
1. Press the AUTO button. The indicator To turn off the climate control system,
light “FULL AUTO” on the multi-function press the ON/OFF button. Then the air
display (color LCD) illuminates. inlet selection will be set to the following.
2. Set the preferred temperature using . When the air inlet selection is set to
the temperature control dial. auto mode: Outside air circulation
. When the air inlet selection is set to
NOTE manual mode: No change
. Operate the automatic climate con-
trol system when the engine is running.
. Even when cooling is not necessary,
the air conditioner compressor will
automatically turn on if the temperature
is set much lower than the current
outlet air temperature. Even in this
case, the “A/C” indicator light on the
control panel illuminates.
. The controllable temperature range
may vary depending on the regional
specifications of the vehicle.
. If you operate any of the buttons on 1) Interior air temperature sensor
the control panel other than the ON/ 2) Solar sensor
OFF button, rear window defogger
button, SYNC button and temperature The automatic climate control system
control dial(s) during FULL AUTO mode employs several sensors. These sensors
are delicate. If they are not treated properly Manual climate control op-
and become damaged, the system may
not be able to control the interior tempera-
eration
S04AJ
ture correctly. To avoid damaging the & Airflow mode selection
sensors, observe the following precau- S04AJ01
tions. Select the airflow mode by using the
. Do not subject the sensors to impact. airflow mode selection dial (type A and B)
or the airflow mode selection button (type
. Keep water away from the sensors. C). 4
. Do not cover the sensors.
Airflow modes are as follows.
– CONTINUED –
The temperature will be controlled indivi- & Air inlet selection & To turn off the climate control
dually using the driver’s and passenger’s S04AJ05
Select the air inlet by pressing the air inlet system
temperature control dials. selection button.
S04AJ07
To turn off the climate control system:
& Fan speed control . Recirculation: . Type A: select the “OFF” position using
S04AJ03 the fan speed control dial.
Select the preferred fan speed by turning When the indicator light on the air inlet
selection button illuminates, interior air is . Type B and C: press the ON/OFF
the fan speed control dial. button.
recirculated inside the vehicle. Press the 4
& Air conditioner control air inlet selection button to the ON position
S04AJ04 for fast cooling with the air conditioner or
The air conditioner operates only when the when driving on a dusty road.
engine is running.
Press the air conditioner button while the . Outside air circulation:
fan is in operation to turn on the air When the indicator light on the air inlet
conditioner. When the air conditioner is selection button does not illuminate, out-
on, the “A/C” indicator light illuminates. side air is drawn into the passenger
To turn off the air conditioner, press the compartment. Press the air inlet selection
button again. button to the OFF position when the
interior has cooled to a comfortable tem-
NOTE perature and the road is no longer dusty.
For efficient defogging or dehumidify-
ing in cold weather, turn on the air WARNING
conditioner. If the ambient temperature
Continued operation in the ON posi-
decreases to approximately 328F (08C),
tion may fog up the windows. Switch
the air conditioner and dehumidifica-
to the OFF position as soon as the
tion system may not operate properly.
outside conditions are no longer
dusty.
Defrosting For type A climate control system, in Operating tips for heater and
this state:
S04AH air conditioner
– You cannot stop the air condi- S04AD
tioner compressor by pressing the & Cleaning ventilation grille
air conditioner button. S04AD01
allow outside air to circulate into the any problem with the air conditioning Air filtration system
heated interior. This results in quicker system. S04AE
cooling by the air conditioner. Keep the
Your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
windows closed during the operation of the & Air conditioner compressor equipped with an air filtration system.
air conditioner for maximum cooling effi- shut-off when engine is Replace the cabin air filter according to
ciency. heavily loaded
S04AD06
the replacement schedule found in the
To improve acceleration and gas mileage, “Warranty and Maintenance Booklet”. This
& Lubrication oil circulation in the air conditioner compressor is designed schedule should be followed to maintain 4
the refrigerant circuit to temporarily shut off during air condi- the filter’s dust collection ability. Under
S04AD03
Operate the air conditioner compressor at tioner operation whenever the accelerator extremely dusty conditions, the filter
a low engine speed (at idle or low driving is fully depressed such as during rapid should be replaced more frequently. Have
speeds) a few minutes each month during acceleration or when driving on a steep your filter checked or replaced by your
the off-season to circulate its oil. upgrade. SUBARU dealer. For replacement, use
only a genuine SUBARU air filter kit.
& Checking air conditioning & Refrigerant for your climate
system before summer sea- control system CAUTION
son S04AD07
Your air conditioner uses ozone friendly Contact your SUBARU dealer if the
S04AD04
Check the air conditioner unit for refriger- refrigerant HFC134a. Therefore, the meth- following occurs, even if it is not yet
ant leaks, hose conditions, and proper od of adding, changing or checking the time to change the filter:
operation each spring. Have the air con- refrigerant is different from the method for . Reduction of the airflow through
ditioning system checked by your CFC12 (freon). Consult your SUBARU the vents.
SUBARU dealer. dealer for service. Repairs needed as a
result of using the wrong refrigerant are not . Windshield gets easily fogged or
& Cooling and dehumidifying in covered under warranty. misted.
high humidity and low tem-
perature weather conditions NOTE
S04AD05
Under certain weather conditions (high The filter can influence the air condi-
relative humidity, low temperatures, etc.) a tioning, heating and defroster perfor-
small amount of water vapor emission mance if not properly maintained.
from the air outlets may be noticed. This
condition is normal and does not indicate
– CONTINUED –
& Replacing a cabin air filter doing this, be careful not to damage
S04AE01 the hinge.
1. Remove the glove box.
NOTE
We recommend that you take measures
to protect the center console with
masking tape first, so that you avoid
scratching the center console with the
glove box.
(1) Open the glove box.
3. Replace the cabin air filter with a new 4. Reinstall the glove box, and connect
one and then reinstall the cover. the damper shaft.
5. Close the glove box.
CAUTION
The arrow mark on the filter must
point UP.
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(247,1)
Audio
Antenna ................................................................... 5-2 Audio set ................................................................. 5-3
S05
Roof antenna (for Rod type) ................................... 5-2
Roof antenna (for Shark fin type) ........................... 5-2
5-2 Audio/Antenna
CAUTION
. Be sure to remove the antenna
rod before entering garages,
parking towers and other loca-
tions with low ceilings.
. Remove the antenna rod before
washing your car at a car wash. If
the antenna rod remains at-
1) Unscrew
tached, it may scratch the roof.
2) Remove
. When reinstalling the removed
antenna rod, be sure to fully The roof antenna is installed on the roof. The roof antenna is installed on the roof.
tighten it. The antenna rod can be removed by
unscrewing it from its base.
Audio set
S05AC
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(251,1)
Interior equipment
Interior lights........................................................... 6-2 Accessory power outlets ....................................... 6-7
S06
Map lights.............................................................. 6-2 Use with a cigarette lighter (dealer option) ..............6-8
Dome light ............................................................. 6-2 USB power supply.................................................. 6-9
Cargo area light ..................................................... 6-3 Ashtray (dealer option) ........................................ 6-10
OFF delay timer ..................................................... 6-3 Floor mat ................................................................6-11
Sun visors ............................................................... 6-3 Coat hook.............................................................. 6-12
Sun visor extension plate (if equipped) .................. 6-4 Shopping bag hook .............................................. 6-12
Vanity mirror.......................................................... 6-4 Cargo area cover (if equipped)............................ 6-13
Vanity mirror with light (if equipped) ...................... 6-5 Using the cover .................................................... 6-13
Storage compartment ............................................. 6-5 To remove the cover housing................................ 6-13
Glove box .............................................................. 6-5 Stowage of the cargo area cover........................... 6-14
Center console ...................................................... 6-6 To install the cover housing.................................. 6-14 6
Cup holders ........................................................... 6-6 Cargo tie-down hooks (if equipped) ................... 6-15
Bottle holders ........................................................ 6-6
using the remote keyless entry transmitter. & OFF delay timer Sun visors
Refer to “Remote keyless entry system” The following lights have an automatic
S06AA07
S06AC
F2-17. illumination function.
. The ignition switch is turned from the . dome light
“ACC” position to the “LOCK”/“OFF” posi-
tion. . map light
. cargo area light
& Cargo area light When the interior light switch is set to the
S06AA02
“DOOR” position, the light will automati-
cally turn on and turn off depending on the
locking and unlocking of the doors, the
opening and closing of the doors, as well 6
as the position of the ignition switch.
NOTE
The setting for the period of time in To block out glare, swing down the visors.
which the lights remain on (OFF delay To use the sun visor at a side window,
timer) can be changed by a SUBARU swing it down and move it sideways.
dealer. Contact your SUBARU dealer
for details. For models with the combi-
nation meter display (color LCD), the
1) DOOR setting can also be changed by operat-
2) OFF ing the combination meter display
(color LCD). For details, refer to “Vehi-
DOOR: The light illuminates when the rear cle Setting” F3-39.
gate is opened. The light remains illumi-
nated for several seconds and gradually
turns off after the rear gate is closed.
OFF: The light remains off.
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION
With the sun visor positioned over the side Do not pull out the extension plate
window, you can use the sun visor exten- with the sun visor positioned over
sion plate to prevent glare through the gap the windshield. The extension plate
between the sun visor and center pillar. To would obstruct your view of the
use the extension plate, pull it toward the rearview mirror.
rear of the vehicle. When you have
finished using it, stow it by pushing it
To use the vanity mirror, swing down the
toward the front of the vehicle.
sun visor and open the vanity mirror cover.
& Vanity mirror with light (if Storage compartment & Glove box
S06AD01
equipped) S06AD
S06AC02
CAUTION CAUTION
Keep the vanity mirror cover closed . Always keep the storage com-
while the car is being driven to avoid partment closed while driving to
being distracted by the light. reduce the risk of injury in the
event of a sudden stop or an
accident.
. Do not store spray cans, contain-
ers with flammable or corrosive
liquids or any other dangerous 6
items in the storage compart-
ment. 1) Rotate the key clockwise to lock.
2) Rotate the key counterclockwise to un-
lock.
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close it, push the lid firmly upward.
NOTE
. The emergency key is directional. If
To use the vanity mirror, swing down the
the key cannot be inserted, change the
sun visor and open the vanity mirror cover.
direction that the grooved side is facing
The light beside the vanity mirror illumi- and insert it again.
nates when the mirror cover is opened. . For models with the “keyless access
NOTE with push-button start system”, use the
emergency key to lock or unlock the
Use of the vanity mirror light for a long glove box.
period of time while the engine is not
running can cause battery discharge.
– CONTINUED –
6
The bottle holder equipped on each door Power outlet in the center console
trim can be used to hold beverage bottles You can use an in-vehicle electrical appli-
and other items. ance by connecting it to an outlet.
The maximum power rating of an appli-
ance that can be connected is 120W.
CAUTION
Power outlet below the climate control
dials . Do not attempt to use a cigarette
lighter in the accessory power
outlets.
. Do not place any foreign objects,
especially metal ones such as
coins or aluminum foil, into the
accessory power outlet. That
could cause a short circuit. Al-
ways put the cap on the acces-
sory power outlet when it is not in
use.
– CONTINUED –
. Use only electrical appliances interfere with your shifting gears & Use with a cigarette lighter
which are designed for 12V DC. and operating the accelerator (dealer option)
The maximum power rating of an and brake pedals. If they do, do To use the accessory power outlet as a
S06AF01
appliance that can be connected not use the electrical appliance cigarette lighter socket, purchase the
is 120W. Do not use an appliance while driving. cigarette lighter plug, which is an optional
which exceeds the indicated wat- accessory. A cigarette lighter plug is
tage for each outlet. available from your SUBARU dealer.
. When using appliances con- The cigarette lighter operates only when
nected to two outlets simulta- the ignition switch is in the “ON” or “ACC”
neously, the total power con- position.
sumed by them must not exceed To use the cigarette lighter, push in the
120W. Overloading the accessory knob and wait a few moments. It will
power outlet can cause a short automatically spring up when ready for
circuit. Do not use double adap- use.
ters or more than one electrical
appliance. WARNING
. If the plug on your electric appli-
ance is either too loose or too To avoid being burned, never grasp
tight for the accessory power the lighter by the end with the
NOTE heating element. Doing so could
outlet, this can result in a poor
contact or cause the plug to get When the lid of the center console is result in injury and could also da-
stuck. Only use plugs that fit closed, an opening remains between mage the heating element.
properly. the center console and the lid to allow
the power outlet in the center console
. Use of an electric appliance in the to be used. Pass the cord of the CAUTION
accessory power outlet for a long electrical appliance through this open-
period of time while the engine is ing. . Do not hold the lighter pushed in,
not running can cause battery because it will overheat.
discharge. . The electrical power socket is
. Before driving your vehicle, make originally designed to use a gen-
sure that the plug and the cord on uine SUBARU cigarette lighter
your electrical appliance will not plug. Do not use a non-genuine
cigarette lighter plug in the sock- USB power supply malfunction of the connected
et. Doing so may cause a short- S06AY device.
circuit and overheating, resulting . If a device is connected for a long
in a fire. CAUTION time when the engine is not
. If the socket is ever used for a . The specification of a USB term- running, doing so may cause the
plug-in accessory such as a cell inal that can be used is the A- risk of a discharged battery. Even
phone, that may damage the type. If a different specification of when the engine is running, we
portion of the socket’s internal terminal is connected, power recommend that you do not con-
mechanism that causes a cigar- supply or charging may not be nect a device for an unnecessa-
ette lighter plug to “pop out” after possible, or the device may mal- rily long time.
its lighter element is heated. function. . Do not connect a malfunctioning
Therefore, do not place a cigar- device. Doing so may cause the
ette lighter plug in a socket that . There is no guarantee even when 6
a connected device malfunctions risk of smoke and fire.
has been used, even once, to
power a plug-in accessory. Doing or data is damaged. The connec-
so may cause the plug to stick tion of a device shall be per- NOTE
and overheat, creating a potential formed at your responsibility.
. The USB power supply is designed
fire hazard. . To avoid an electric shock or a to supply a maximum rated power of DC
malfunction, observe the follow- 5V/2.1A or DC 5V/1A. Before connect-
ing precautions. ing a device, be sure to read the
– Do not connect a USB hub. instruction manual of the device and
– Do not insert any metal or check whether or not this specification
other foreign object into the of the output is supported by the
USB terminal. device. If a device that requires power
exceeding the maximum rating is con-
– Do not spill water or other nected, power supply or charging may
liquid on the USB terminal. not be possible. Even if charging could
. When you have connected a be completed, the time required for
cable, pay attention not to pull charging may be longer than when the
on the connected cable with your genuine charger for that device is used.
legs. Otherwise, it may result in . Depending on the device, charging
injury to you by falling over, or a may be possible only when a special
– CONTINUED –
6
The portable ashtray can be installed in
each cup holder or bottle holder. For the
locations of the cup holders, refer to “Cup
holders” F6-6. For the locations of the CAUTION Retaining pins are located on the driver’s
bottle holders, refer to “Bottle holders” F6- side floor.
6. If the floor mat slips forward and The floor mat should be properly secured
interferes with the movement of the using the built-in grommets, by placing the
When using the ashtray, open the lid of the pedals during driving, it could cause
ashtray. Fully close the lid after using the grommets over the pins and pushing them
an accident. Observe the following downward.
ashtray to help reduce residual smoke. precautions to prevent the floor mat
from slipping forward.
. Be sure to use a genuine
SUBARU floor mat or an equiva-
lent designed with grommets in
the correct locations.
. Make sure that the driver’s floor
mat is placed in its proper loca-
tion and is correctly secured on
its retaining pins.
Cargo area cover (if WARNING & To remove the cover housing
S06AK02
equipped) 1. Rewind the cover.
S06AK
Do not place anything on the ex-
tended cover. Putting excessive
The cargo area cover is provided for weight on the extended cover can
covering the cargo area and to protect its break it and an object on the cover
contents from direct sunlight. This cover is could tumble forward in the event of
detachable to make room for additional a sudden stop or collision. This
cargo. could cause serious injury.
& Using the cover
S06AK01
CAUTION
6
Be careful not to scratch the rear
gate stays while extending and re-
winding the cover.
Scratches on the stays could cause 2. Push the cover housing to the right
leakage of gas from the stays, which side and shorten it.
may result in their inability to hold 3. Take it off the retainer.
the rear gate open.
– CONTINUED –
& Stowage of the cargo area 2. Stow the cover housing in the cargo & To install the cover housing
cover area end. S06AK05
The right end of the cargo area cover is a
S06AK04
The cargo area cover can be stowed in sliding structure.
under the cargo floor.
CAUTION
The cargo tie-down hooks are de-
signed only for securing light cargo.
Never try to secure cargo that ex-
ceeds the capacity of the hooks. The
maximum load capacity is 22 lbs (10
kg) per hook.
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(267,1)
gasoline with an octane rating This octane rating is the average of the Your use of gasoline with detergent ad-
below 87 AKI (90 RON). Use of Research Octane and Motor Octane num- ditives will help prevent deposits from
bers and is commonly referred to as the forming in your engine and fuel system.
those fuels are not recom-
Anti Knock Index (AKI). This helps keep your engine in tune and
7
mended.
your emission control system working
! Unleaded gasoline
S07AA0104 properly, and is a way of doing your part
The neck of the fuel filler pipe is designed for cleaner air. If you continuously use a
& Fuel requirements to accept only an unleaded gasoline filler
S07AA01 high quality fuel with the proper detergent
The engine is designed to operate using nozzle. Under no circumstances should and other additives, you should never
unleaded gasoline with an octane rating leaded gasoline be used because it will need to add any fuel system cleaning
of 87 AKI (90 RON) or higher. damage the emission control system and agents to your fuel tank.
may impair driveability and fuel economy.
! Mexico only Many gasolines are now blended with
Add a bottle of genuine SUBARU fuel
S07AA0121
! Reformulated gasoline
S07AA0128 materials called oxygenates. Use of these
additive to the fuel every 15,000 km (9,000 SUBARU supports the use of reformulated fuels can also help keep the air cleaner.
miles). Refer to an authorized SUBARU gasoline when available. Reformulated Oxygenated blend fuels, such as ethanol
dealer for details. gasoline has been blended to burn more (ethyl or grain alcohol) may be used in your
cleanly and reduce vehicle emissions. vehicle, but should contain no more than
! Fuel octane rating
S07AA0103
! MMT 15% ethanol for the proper operation of
Using a gasoline with a lower octane rating
Some gasoline contains an octane-enhan-
S07AA0106
your SUBARU.
can cause persistent and heavy knocking,
which can damage the engine. Do not be cing additive called MMT (Methylcyclo- Do not use any gasoline that contains
– CONTINUED –
more than 15% ethanol, including from any . If undesirable driveability problems are & Fuel filler lid and cap
pump labeled E30, E50 or E85 (which are experienced and you suspect they may be S07AA02
only some examples of fuel containing fuel related, try a different brand of gaso- ! Locations of the fuel filler lid and the
more than 15% ethanol). line before seeking service at your lid release lever
S07AA0202
SUBARU dealer.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers are
now producing reformulated gasolines, . Fuel system damage or driveability
which are designed to reduce vehicle problems which result from the use of
emissions. SUBARU approves the use of improper fuel are not covered under the
reformulated gasoline. SUBARU Limited Warranty.
WARNING 7. Close the fuel filler lid completely. not securely tightened, fuel may
leak out while the vehicle is being
. When refueling, insert the fuel CAUTION driven or fuel spillage could oc-
nozzle securely into the fuel filler cur in the event of an accident,
If you spill any fuel on the painted creating a fire hazard.
pipe. If the nozzle is lifted or not
surface, rinse it off immediately.
fully inserted, its automatic stop- . Do not let fuel spill on the exterior
Otherwise, the painted surface
ping mechanism may not func- surfaces of the vehicle. Because
could be damaged.
tion, causing fuel to overflow the fuel may damage the paint, be
tank and creating a fire hazard. sure to wipe off any spilled fuel
. Stop refueling when the auto- quickly. Paint damage caused by
matic stop mechanism on the NOTE spilled fuel is not covered under
fuel nozzle activates. If you con- . You will see the “ ” sign in the fuel the SUBARU Limited Warranty.
tinue to add fuel, temperature gauge. This indicates that the fuel filler . Always use a genuine SUBARU
changes or other conditions door (lid) is located on the right side of fuel filler cap. If you use the
may cause fuel to overflow from the vehicle. wrong cap, it may not fit or have
the tank and create a fire hazard. . If the fuel filler cap is not tightened proper venting and your fuel tank
until it clicks or if the tether is caught and emission control system
5. Stop filling the tank after the fuel filler under the cap, the CHECK ENGINE may be damaged. It could also
pump automatically stops. Do not add any warning light/malfunction indicator lead to fuel spillage and a fire.
more fuel. light may illuminate. Refer to “CHECK
ENGINE warning light/Malfunction in- . Immediately put fuel in the tank
6. Put the cap back on, turn it clockwise whenever the low fuel warning
dicator light” F3-15.
until you hear a clicking noise. Be certain light illuminates. Engine misfires
not to catch the tether under the cap while as a result of an empty tank could
tightening. CAUTION cause damage to the engine.
. Never add any cleaning agents to Continuing to operate your vehi-
CAUTION cle at an extremely low fuel level
the fuel tank. The addition of a
Make sure that the cap is tightened cleaning agent may cause da- may result in a reduction of
until it clicks to prevent fuel spillage mage to the fuel system. engine performance.
in the event of an accident. . After refueling, turn the cap to the
right until it clicks to ensure that
it is fully tightened. If the cap is
State emission testing its contractors or licensees. served, there are no stored diagnostic
trouble codes, and the OBDII readiness
(U.S. only) California and a number of federal states monitors are all complete.
S07AB
have Inspection/Maintenance programs to . A vehicle fails the OBDII inspection if
WARNING inspect your vehicle’s emission control the “CHECK ENGINE” warning light is not
system. If your vehicle does not pass this properly operating (light is illuminated or is
Only use a four-wheel dynamometer test, some states may deny renewal of not working due to faulty LED [Light
when testing an All-Wheel Drive your vehicle’s registration. Emitting Diode]) or there is one or more
(AWD) model. diagnostic trouble codes stored in the
Your vehicle is equipped with a computer
vehicle’s computer.
Testing of an AWD model must that monitors the performance of the
NEVER be performed on a single engine’s emission control system. Certi- . A state emission inspection may reject
two-wheel dynamometer. Attempt- fied emission inspectors will inspect the (not pass or fail) a vehicle if the number of
ing to do so will result in uncon- On-Board Diagnostic (OBDII) system as OBDII system readiness monitors “NOT
trolled vehicle movement and may part of the state emission inspection READY” is greater than one. If the
cause an accident or injuries to process. The OBDII system is designed vehicle’s battery has been recently re- 7
persons nearby. to detect engine and transmission pro- placed or disconnected, the OBDII system
blems that might cause the vehicle emis- inspection may indicate that the vehicle is
sions to exceed allowable limits. OBDII not ready for the emission test. Under this
CAUTION inspections apply to all 1996 model year condition, the vehicle driver should be
and newer passenger cars and trucks. instructed to drive his/her vehicle for a
. At state inspection time, remem- Over 30 states plus the District of Colum- few days to reset the readiness monitors
ber to tell your inspection or bia have implemented emission inspection and return for an emission re-inspection.
service station in advance not to of the OBDII system. . Owners of rejected or failing vehicles
place your SUBARU AWD vehicle should contact their SUBARU Dealer for
. The inspection of the OBDII system
on a two-wheel dynamometer. service.
consists of a visual operational check of
Otherwise, serious transmission
the “CHECK ENGINE” warning light/mal- Some states still use dynamometers in
damage will result.
function indicator light (MIL) and an ex- their emission inspection program. A
. Resultant vehicle damage due to amination of the OBDII system with an
improper testing is not covered dynamometer is a treadmill or roller-like
electronic scan tool. testing device that allows your vehicle’s
under the SUBARU Limited War- . A vehicle passes the OBDII system
ranty and is the responsibility of wheels to turn while the vehicle remains in
inspection if proper operation of the one place. Prior to your vehicle being put
the state inspection program or “CHECK ENGINE” warning light is ob-
– CONTINUED –
Starting and operating/Starting and stopping the engine (models without push-button start system) 7-9
Starting and stopping the en- & Starting engine . When starting the engine, be sure
S07BD01
gine (models without push- to sit in the driver’s seat (except
! General precautions when starting when using the remote engine
button start system) engine start system).
S07BD0105
S07BD
WARNING
CAUTION NOTE
. Never start the engine from out- . Avoid rapid racing and rapid accel-
Do not operate the starter motor side the vehicle (except when eration immediately after the engine
continuously for more than 10 sec- using the remote engine start has started.
onds. If the engine fails to start after system). It may result in an acci- . For a short time after the engine has
operating the starter for 5 to 10 dent. started, the engine speed is kept high.
seconds, wait for 10 seconds or . Do not leave the engine running When the warm-up is completed, the
more before trying again. in locations with poor ventilation, engine speed lowers automatically.
such as a garage and indoors. . On rare occasions, it may be difficult 7
NOTE The exhaust gas may enter the to start the engine depending on the
vehicle or indoors, and it may fuel and the usage condition (repeated
It may be difficult to start the engine
result in carbon monoxide poi- driving of a distance in which the
when the battery has been discon-
soning. engine has not warmed up sufficiently).
nected and reconnected (for mainte-
. Do not start the engine near dry In such a case, it is recommended that
nance or other purposes). This diffi-
foliage, paper, or other flammable you change to a different brand of fuel.
culty is caused by the electronically
substances. The exhaust pipe . On rare occasions, transient knock-
controlled throttle’s self-diagnosis
and exhaust emissions can cre- ing may be heard from the engine when
function. To overcome it, keep the
ate a fire hazard at high tempera- the accelerator is operated rapidly such
ignition switch in the “ON” position
tures. as a rapid start-up and a rapid accel-
for approximately 10 seconds before
eration. This is not a malfunction.
starting the engine.
. The engine starts more easily when
CAUTION the headlights, air conditioner and rear
window defogger are turned off.
. If the engine is stopped during . Do not shift the select lever (CVT
driving, the catalyst may over- models) or shift lever (MT models)
heat and burn. while the starter is cranking.
– CONTINUED –
7-10 Starting and operating/Starting and stopping the engine (models without push-button start system)
! MT models the ignition switch back to the “LOCK”/ position and check the operation of the
S07BD0101 “OFF” position and wait for at least 10 warning and indicator lights. Refer to
1. Apply the parking brake. seconds. Then fully depress the accel- “Warning and indicator” F3-12.
2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces- erator pedal and turn the ignition 5. Turn the ignition switch to the “START”
sories. switch to the “START” position. If the position without depressing the accelera-
3. Depress the clutch pedal to the floor engine starts, quickly release the ac- tor pedal. Release the key immediately
and shift the shift lever into neutral. Hold celerator pedal. after the engine has started.
the clutch pedal to the floor while starting (3) If this fails to start the engine, turn
the engine. the ignition switch again to the “LOCK”/ If the engine does not start, try the
The starter motor will only operate when “OFF” position. After waiting for 10 following procedure.
the clutch pedal is depressed fully to the seconds or longer, turn the ignition (1) Turn the ignition switch to the
floor. switch to the “START” position without “LOCK”/“OFF” position and wait for at
4. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” depressing the accelerator pedal. least 10 seconds. After checking that
position and check the operation of the (4) If the engine still fails to start, the parking brake is firmly set, turn the
warning and indicator lights. Refer to contact your nearest SUBARU dealer ignition switch to the “START” position
“Warning and indicator” F3-12. for assistance. while depressing the accelerator pedal
slightly (approximately a quarter of the
5. Turn the ignition switch to the “START” 6. Confirm that all warning and indicator
full stroke). Release the accelerator
position without depressing the accelera- lights have turned off after the engine has
pedal as soon as the engine starts.
tor pedal. Release the key immediately started. The fuel injection system auto-
after the engine has started. matically lowers the idle speed as the (2) If this fails to start the engine, turn
engine warms up. the ignition switch back to the “LOCK”/
If the engine does not start, try the “OFF” position and wait for at least 10
following procedure. seconds. Then fully depress the accel-
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the ! CVT models
S07BD0104 erator pedal and turn the ignition
“LOCK”/“OFF” position and wait for at 1. Apply the parking brake. switch to the “START” position. If the
least 10 seconds. After checking that 2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces- engine starts, quickly release the ac-
the parking brake is firmly set, turn the sories. celerator pedal.
ignition switch to the “START” position (3) If this fails to start the engine, turn
3. Shift the select lever to the “P” or “N”
while depressing the accelerator pedal the ignition switch again to the “LOCK”/
position (preferably the “P” position).
slightly (approximately a quarter of the “OFF” position. After waiting for 10
full stroke). Release the accelerator The starter motor will only operate when
the select lever is at the “P” or “N” position. seconds or longer, turn the ignition
pedal as soon as the engine starts. switch to the “START” position without
(2) If this fails to start the engine, turn 4. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Starting and operating/Starting and stopping engine (models with push-button start system) 7-11
(4) If the engine still refuses to start, & Stopping the engine Starting and stopping engine
contact your nearest SUBARU dealer S07BD02
for assistance.
The ignition switch should be turned off (models with push-button
only when the vehicle is stopped and the start system)
6. Confirm that all warning and indicator engine is idling. S07BE
lights have turned off after the engine has
started. The fuel injection system auto-
& Safety precautions
WARNING S07BE06
matically lowers the idle speed as the Refer to “Safety precautions” F2-3.
engine warms up. Do not stop the engine when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause & Operating range for push-
While the engine is warming up, make sure loss of power to the power steering button start system
that the select lever is at the “P” or “N” and the brake booster, making steer- S07BE01
position and that the parking brake is Refer to “Operating range for push-button
ing and braking more difficult. It start system” F3-6.
applied. could also result in accidental acti-
vation of the “LOCK”/“OFF” posi- & Starting engine
CAUTION tion on the ignition switch, causing 7
S07BE03
If you restart the engine while the the steering wheel to lock.
WARNING
vehicle is moving, shift the select
lever into the “N” position. Do not . There are some general precau-
attempt to place the select lever of a tions when starting the engine.
moving vehicle into the “P” position. Carefully read the precautions
described in “Starting engine”
F7-9.
. If the indicator on the push-but-
ton ignition switch flashes in
green after the engine has
started, never drive the vehicle.
The steering is still locked, and it
may result in an accident.
– CONTINUED –
7-12 Starting and operating/Starting and stopping engine (models with push-button start system)
Starting and operating/Starting and stopping engine (models with push-button start system) 7-13
booster will not function. A great- NOTE Remote engine start system
er foot pressure will be required (dealer option)
on the brake pedal. Although you can stop the engine by
operating the push-button ignition S07AZ
The power steering system will switch, do not stop the engine during
not operate either. A greater force driving except in an emergency.
WARNING
will be required to steer, and it
may result in an accident. . There are some general precau-
& When access key fob does tions when starting the engine.
. If the engine stops during driving, not operate properly Carefully read the precautions
S07BE05
do not operate the push-button Refer to “Access key fob – if access key described in “General precau-
ignition switch or open any of the fob does not operate properly” F9-17. tions when starting engine” F7-
doors until the vehicle is stopped 9.
in a safe location. It is dangerous
because the steering lock may be . Do not remote start a vehicle in an
activated. Stop the vehicle in a enclosed environment (e.g.
safe place, and contact a closed garage). Prolonged opera-
SUBARU dealer immediately. tion of a motor vehicle in an
enclosed environment can cause
a harmful build-up of Carbon
CAUTION Monoxide. Carbon Monoxide is
harmful to your health. Exposure
For CVT models to high levels of Carbon Monox-
. Do not stop the engine while the ide can cause headaches, dizzi-
select lever is in a position other ness or in extreme cases uncon-
than the “P” position. sciousness and/or death.
. If the engine is stopped while the The remote engine start system allows you
select lever is in a position other to start the engine from outside the vehicle.
than the “P” position, the power In addition, the remote engine start system
will be in “ACC”. If the vehicle is can activate the heater or air conditioner,
left in this condition, the battery providing you with a comfortable cabin
may be discharged. upon entry. For more details, refer to the
Owner’s Manual supplement for the re-
mote engine start system. ! Starting the engine . The side marker lights, tail lights, and
S07AZ2101
parking lights flash once.
NOTE NOTE
. The length of time for which it is All vehicle doors (including rear gate) While the engine is idling via the remote
acceptable to allow the engine to and the engine hood must be closed engine start system, the following phe-
remain idling may be bound by local prior to activating the remote engine nomena will occur.
laws and regulations. Check the local start system. Any open entry point will . The side marker lights, tail lights, and
rules when using the remote engine prevent starting or cause the engine to parking lights remain illuminated.
start system. stop. . The fob button flashes once every 3
. When taking your vehicle in for seconds.
service, it is recommended that you The remote engine start system is acti-
. The power windows are disabled.
inform the service personnel that your vated by pressing the fob button on your
vehicle is equipped with a remote remote engine starter transceiver (fob) If the engine turns over but does not start
engine start system. twice within 3 seconds. If the fob is within (or starts and stalls) the remote engine
operating range of the system and the start start system will power off and then 7
request is received, the following phenom- attempt to start the engine 3 additional
& Remote engine starter trans- ena will occur. times. The system will not attempt to
ceiver (fob) . The fob flashes and beeps once. restart the engine if it determines a vehicle
S07AZ21
. The horn sounds once. malfunction is preventing starting. If the
. The side marker lights, tail lights, and engine does not start after 3 additional
parking lights flash once. attempts, the remote engine start request
will be aborted.
If the fob is not within range (the user is too ! Stopping the engine
far away from the vehicle), the fob will S07AZ2102
indicate two long flashes without beeping. Press and hold the fob button for at least 2
seconds to stop the engine. The fob will
The system will check certain safety flash and beep three times, indicating the
preconditions before starting, and if all engine has stopped. If the stop request is
conditions are met, the engine will start not received (for example, if the user is too
within 5 seconds. After the engine starts, far away from the vehicle), the fob will
the following phenomena will occur. continue to flash once every 3 seconds.
1) Fob button . The fob flashes and beeps twice. The system will automatically stop the
. The horn sounds once. engine after 15 minutes.
– CONTINUED –
Fob Indication
Precondition Meaning
Flash Beep
Fob start button is being pressed Continuous while button is — The fob is transmitting an RF signal
held down
1 flash 1 beep Engine start request received
2 flashes 2 beeps Engine started successfully
User attempts to start engine by pressing fob 1 flash every 3 sec — Engine idling
button twice within 3 sec
3 flashes 3 beeps Vehicle is in range but engine not started
2 long flashes — Vehicle not in range (engine not started)
1 flash every 3 sec — Engine idling
Engine idling by remote engine start operation Engine stopped by system timeout or for safety
3 flashes 3 beeps reasons (see sections above) 7
User attempts to stop engine by pressing and 3 flashes 3 beeps Engine stopped by user request
holding fob button for at least 2 sec. 1 flash every 3 sec — Stop request not received. Engine still idling.
– CONTINUED –
start system, briefly press the lock button 1. Unlock the vehicle doors using the
twice within 2 seconds, then press and keyless access function (if equipped) or
hold the lock button for 3 seconds. remote keyless entry system.
If the vehicle’s doors are unlocked manu-
1. Press the lock button briefly. The ally using the key, the vehicle’s alarm
hazard warning flashers then flash once system will trigger (if the alarm system is
and the keyless buzzer chirps once. armed prior to activating the remote
2. Within 2 seconds, press the lock button engine start system) and the engine will
briefly again. The hazard warning flashers turn off. Perform either of the following
then flash once again, and the keyless procedures to disarm the alarm system.
buzzer chirps once again. Refer to “Alarm system” F2-24.
Access key fob 3. After step 2, immediately press and . Insert the key into the ignition switch
1) Lock button hold the lock button. The hazard warning and turn it to the “ON” position (models
An access key fob can be used as the flashers then flash three times, and the without “keyless access with push-
remote engine start transmitter. Operate horn will honk once. button start system”)
the lock button to start or stop the engine 4. Approximately 3 seconds after step 3, . Turn the push-button ignition switch
as follows. release the lock button. The engine will to the “ACC” or “ON” position (models
then start successfully. with “keyless access with push-button
! Before starting the engine start system”)
S07AZ2201
Before using the remote engine start ! When stopping the engine . Press any button on the access key
S07AZ2203
system to start the engine, confirm the Press and hold the lock button to stop the fob/remote keyless entry transmitter.
following conditions. engine with remote engine start system. 2. Enter the vehicle.
. The select lever is in the “P” position 3. The engine will shut down when any
(CVT models). door or rear gate is opened.
. All doors including the rear gate are 4. Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn to the “START” position to restart ing to the following procedure. or after 2 minutes.
the engine. 1. Open the driver’s door (the driver’s
door must remain opened throughout the & System maintenance
& Entering the vehicle following entire process).
NOTE
S07AZ09
remote engine start shut- 2. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
For remote engine starter transceiver:
down 3. Turn the ignition switch to “ON” then
S07AZ10
“LOCK”/“OFF”, back to “ON” then “LOCK”/ In the event that the vehicle’s battery is
An alarm trigger may occur if the vehicle is replaced, discharged or disconnected,
opened by the remote keyless entry “OFF”, back to “ON” then “LOCK”/“OFF”,
then back to “ON” again and leave the it will be necessary to start the vehicle a
transmitter within a few seconds immedi- minimum of one time using the key
ately following remote engine start shut- ignition “ON” throughout the programming
process. prior to activating the remote engine
down. start system. This is required to allow
4. The system will flash the side marker the vehicle electronic systems to re-
& Pre-heating or pre-cooling lights, tail lights and parking lights and synchronize.
the interior of the vehicle honk the horn three times, indicating that
S07AZ04 the system has entered the transmitter ! Changing the battery
7
Before exiting the vehicle, set the tem- learn mode. S07AZ0901
perature controls to the desired setting and
5. Press and release the “ ” button on CAUTION
operation. After the system starts the
the transmitter that you want to program.
engine, the heater or air conditioning will . Do not let dust, oil or water get on
activate and heat or cool the interior to 6. The system will flash the side marker
lights, tail lights and parking lights and or in the remote engine start
your setting. transmitter when replacing the
honk the horn one time, indicating that the
system has learned the transmitter. Upon battery.
& Remote transmitter program
successful programming, the remote start . Be careful not to damage the
(Remote engine starter confirmation transmitter button will flash printed circuit board in the re-
transceiver) one time. mote engine start transmitter
S07AZ13
New transmitters can be programmed to 7. Repeat step 5 for any additional when replacing the battery.
the remote engine start system in the transmitters (the system will accept up to . Be careful not to allow children to
event that a transmitter is lost, stolen, eight transmitters). touch the battery and any re-
damaged or additional transmitters are 8. The system will exit the transmitter moved parts; children could
desired (the system will accept up to eight learn mode if the key is turned to the swallow them.
transmitters). New remote engine start “LOCK”/“OFF” position, the door is closed
transmitters can be programmed accord- . There is a danger of explosion if
– CONTINUED –
should be pointed away from the transmit- ! Canada-spec. models Manual transmission
ter circuit board on battery). S07AZ2302
S07AF
4. Carefully snap the case halves back
together, reinstall the phillips screw and
test the remote engine start system.
! U.S.-spec. models
S07AZ2301
CAUTION
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not ex- 7
pressly approved by the party re- The manual transmission is a fully syn-
sponsible for compliance could void chromeshed, 6-forward-speed and 1-re-
the user’s authority to operate the verse-speed transmission.
equipment. The shift pattern is shown on the shift lever
knob.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This de-
vice may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept
any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
– CONTINUED –
Continuously variable trans- in the “R” position. Doing so may shorten the warm-up time and improve
result in an unexpected accident driveability. The gearshift timing will
mission automatically shift to the normal timing
S07BG
or malfunction.
. Do not shift from the “D” position after the engine has warmed up.
WARNING into the “R” position or vice versa . Immediately after transmission fluid
until the vehicle has completely is replaced, you may feel that the
Do not shift from the “P” or “N” stopped. Such shifting may transmission operation is somewhat
position into the “D” or “R” position cause damage to the transmis- unusual. This results from invalidation
while depressing the accelerator sion. of data which the on-board computer
pedal. This may cause the vehicle has collected and stored in memory to
. When parking the vehicle, first allow the transmission to shift at the
to jump forward or backward. securely apply the parking brake most appropriate times for the current
and then place the select lever in condition of your vehicle. Optimized
the “P” position. Do not park for a shifting will be restored as the vehicle
CAUTION long time with the select lever in continues to be driven for a while.
. Shift into the “P” or “R” position any other position as doing so . When driving a CVT model under
only after the vehicle is comple- could result in a dead battery. continuous heavy load conditions such
tely stopped. Shifting while the as when towing a camper or climbing a
vehicle is moving may cause long, steep hill, the engine speed or the
damage to the transmission. & Continuously variable trans- vehicle speed may automatically be
mission features reduced. This is not a malfunction. This
. Do not race the engine for more S07BG06
than 5 seconds in any position The continuously variable transmission is phenomenon results from the engine
except the “N” or “P” position electronically controlled and provides an control function maintaining the cool-
when the brake is applied or infinite number of forward speeds and 1 ing performance of the vehicle. The
when chocks are used in the reverse speed. For some models, it also engine and vehicle speed will return to
wheels. This may cause the has a manual mode or an “L” position. a normal speed when the engine is able
transmission fluid to overheat. to maintain the optimum cooling per-
NOTE formance after the heavy load de-
. Never move the vehicle rearward . When the engine coolant tempera- creases. Driving under a heavy load
by inertia with the select lever set ture is still low, the transmission will must be performed with extreme care.
in a forward driving position or upshift or downshift at higher engine Do not try to pass a vehicle in front
move the vehicle forward by speeds than when the coolant tempera- when driving on an uphill slope while
inertia with the select lever set ture is sufficiently high in order to towing.
. The continuously variable transmis- too high even if the accelerator pedal is
sion is a chain type system that pro- depressed hard.
vides superior transmission efficiency
for maximum fuel economy. At times, ! P (Park)
S07BG0101
depending on varying driving condi- This position is for parking the vehicle and
tions, a chain operating sound may be starting the engine. In this position, the
heard that is characteristic of this type transmission is mechanically locked to
of system. prevent the vehicle from rolling freely.
When you park the vehicle, first apply the
& Select lever parking brake firmly, then shift into the “P”
S07BG01
position. Do not hold the vehicle with only
! Select lever positions the mechanical friction of the transmission.
S07BG0105
1) Models with “L” position To shift the select lever from the “P”
2) Models with manual mode position to any other position, you should 7
depress the brake pedal fully then move
: With the brake pedal depressed, shift the select lever. This prevents the vehicle
while pressing the select lever button
in. from lurching when it is started.
: Shift while pressing the select lever ! R (Reverse)
button in. S07BG0102
– CONTINUED –
Type A Type B
1) Upshift indicator 1) Upshift indicator 7
2) Downshift indicator 2) Downshift indicator
3) Gear position indicator 3) Gear position indicator
When the manual mode is selected, the
gear position indicator and upshift indica-
To upshift to the next higher gear position,
tor and/or downshift indicator on the
pull the shift paddle that has “+” indicated
combination meter illuminate.
on it. To downshift to the next lower gear
The gear position indicator shows the position, pull the shift paddle that has “–”
currently selected gear in the 1st-to-7th- indicated on it.
gear range. The upshift and downshift
To deselect the manual mode, return the
indicators show when a gear shift is
select lever to the “D” position from the “M”
possible. When the upshift indicator “ ”
position.
illuminates, upshifting is possible. When
the downshift indicator “ ” illuminates,
downshifting is possible. When both in-
dicators illuminate, upshifting and down-
shifting are both possible. When the
vehicle stops (for example, at traffic
– CONTINUED –
NOTE
Please read the following points care-
fully and bear them in mind when using
the manual mode.
. If you attempt to shift down when the
engine speed is too high, i.e., when a
downshift would push the tachometer When selected, the indicator “L” will
needle beyond the red zone, beeps will illuminate on the combination meter.
be emitted to warn you that the down-
To deselect “L”, move the select lever to
shift is not possible.
the “D” position.
. If you attempt to shift up when the
vehicle speed is too low, the transmis- “L” is for using engine braking when going
sion will not respond. down a hill, etc. To select this mode, move & Shift lock function
S07BG04
. You can perform a skip-shift (for the select lever from the “D” position to the The shift lock function helps prevent the
example, from 4th to 2nd) by operating “L” position. improper operation of the select lever.
the shift paddle twice in rapid succes- . The select lever cannot be operated
sion. unless the ignition switch is turned to the
. The transmission automatically se- “ON” position and the brake pedal is
lects 1st gear when the vehicle stops depressed.
moving. . The select lever cannot be moved from
. If the temperature of the transmis- the “P” position to any other position before
sion fluid becomes too high, the “AT the brake pedal is depressed. Depress the
OIL TEMP” warning light on the combi- brake pedal first, and then operate the
nation meter will illuminate. Immedi- select lever.
ately stop the vehicle in a safe location . Only the “P” position allows you to turn
the ignition switch from the “ACC” position select lever button pressed and brake
to the “LOCK”/“OFF” position and remove pedal depressed.
the key from the ignition switch.
. If the ignition switch is turned to the If you must perform the above procedure,
“LOCK”/“OFF” position while the select the shift lock system (or the vehicle control
lever is in the “N” position, the select lever system) may be malfunctioning. Contact a
may not be moved to the “P” position after SUBARU dealer for an inspection as soon
a period of time. Therefore, move the as possible.
select lever to the “P” position with the If the select lever does not move after
brake pedal depressed soon after the performing the above procedure, refer to
ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK”/ “Shift lock release using the shift lock
“OFF” position. release button” F7-29.
! Shift lock release using the shift
! Shift lock release lock release button 2. Wrap the tip of a flat-head screwdriver
S07BG0401
If the select lever cannot be operated, turn S07BG0402 with vinyl tape or a cloth and use it to 7
Perform the following procedure to release remove the shift lock cover. The shift lock
the ignition switch back to the “ON”
the shift lock. release button is located under the shift
position then move the select lever to the
“P” position with the select lever button 1. Apply the parking brake and turn the lock cover.
pressed and brake pedal depressed. ignition switch to the “LOCK”/“OFF” posi-
tion.
If the select lever does not move after
performing the above procedure, perform
the following steps.
. When the select lever cannot be
shifted from “P” to “N”:
Refer to “Shift lock release using the shift
lock release button” F7-29.
. When the select lever cannot be
shifted from “N” to “R”, “P”:
Within 60 seconds after placing the ignition
switch in the “ACC” position, move the
select lever to the “P” position with the
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION
If the accelerator and brake pedals
are depressed at the same time,
3. Remove the grip portion of the screw- driving torque may be restrained.
driver. This is not a malfunction.
more resistance when the steering non-standard way which causes power WARNING
wheel is operated. Drive carefully to assist limitation to occur too frequently,
the nearest SUBARU dealer and this may result in a malfunction of the Never rest your foot on the brake
have the vehicle inspected immedi- power steering control system. pedal while driving. This can cause
ately. dangerous overheating of the
brakes and needless wear on the
brake pads and linings.
NOTE
If the steering wheel is operated in the ! When the brakes get wet
following ways, the power steering S07AK0101
control system may temporarily limit When driving in rain or after washing the 7
the power assist in order to prevent the vehicle, the brakes may get wet. As a
system components, such as the con- result, brake stopping distance will be
trol computer and drive motor, from longer. To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle
overheating. at a safe speed while lightly depressing the
brake pedal to heat up the brakes.
. The steering wheel is operated fre-
quently and turned sharply while the ! Use of engine braking
S07AK0102
vehicle is maneuvered at extremely low Remember to make use of engine braking
speeds, such as while frequently turn- in addition to foot braking. When descend-
ing the steering wheel during parallel ing a grade, if only the foot brake is used,
parking. the brakes may start working improperly
. The steering wheel remains in the because of brake fluid overheating,
fully turned position for a long period of caused by overheated brake pads. To help
time. prevent this, shift into a lower gear to get
stronger engine braking.
At this time, there will be more resis-
tance when steering. However this is ! Braking when a tire is punctured
S07AK0103
not a malfunction. Normal steering Do not depress the brake pedal suddenly
force will be restored after the steering when a tire is punctured. This could cause
– CONTINUED –
a loss of control of the vehicle. Keep ! Supplemental booster function Brake assist is a driver assistance system.
driving straight ahead while gradually when vacuum pressure fails It assists the brake power when the driver
reducing speed. Then slowly pull off the S07AK0205
While the ignition switch is turned “ON” cannot depress the brake pedal strongly
road to a safe location. and the engine is running, the supple- and the brake power is insufficient.
mental booster function operates when the Brake assist generates the brake power
& Brake system brake booster performance is decreased according to the speed at which the driver
S07AK02
due to insufficient vacuum boost. depresses the brake pedal.
! Two separate circuits
S07AK0201 When the brake pedal is depressed while NOTE
Your vehicle has two separate circuit brake
the supplemental booster function is oper-
systems. Each circuit works diagonally When you depress the brake pedal
ating, an operation sound and brake pedal
across the vehicle. If one circuit of the strongly or suddenly, the following
vibration may be generated. This is not a
brake system should fail, the other half of phenomena occur. However, even
malfunction.
the system still works. If one circuit fails, though these occur, they do not indi-
the brake pedal will go down much closer ! Brake assist system cate any malfunctions, and the brake
S07AK0203
to the floor than usual and you will need to assist system is operating properly.
press it down much harder. And a much WARNING . You might feel that the brake pedal is
longer distance will be needed to stop the applied by lighter force and generates a
vehicle. Do not be overconfident about the greater braking force.
brake assist. It is not a system that . You might hear an ABS operating
! Brake booster brings more braking ability to the
The brake booster uses engine manifold
S07AK0202 noise from the engine compartment.
vehicle beyond its braking capabil-
vacuum to assist braking force. Do not turn ity. Always use the utmost care
off the engine while driving because that when driving regarding vehicle
will turn off the brake booster, resulting in speed and safe distance.
poor braking power.
The brakes will continue to work even
when the brake booster completely stops CAUTION
functioning. If this happens, you will have
to depress the pedal much harder than When you need to brake suddenly,
during normal braking, and the braking continue depressing the brake pedal
distance will increase. strongly to bring the effect of the
brake assist.
& Disc brake pad wear warning ABS (Anti-lock Brake Sys- CAUTION
indicators tem)
S07AK03
S07AL
. The ABS does not always de-
crease stopping distance. You
The ABS prevents the lock-up of wheels should always maintain a safe
which may occur during sudden braking or following distance from other
braking on slippery road surfaces. This vehicles.
helps prevent the loss of steering control
and directional stability caused by wheel . When driving on badly surfaced
lock-up. roads, gravel roads, icy roads, or
over deep newly fallen snow,
When the ABS is operating, you may hear stopping distances may be long-
a chattering noise or feel a slight vibration er for a vehicle with the ABS than
in the brake pedal. This is normal when the one without. When driving under
ABS operates. these conditions, therefore, re-
duce your speed and leave ample 7
The ABS will not operate when the vehicle
The disc brake pad wear warning indica- speed is below approximately 6 mph (10 distance from other vehicles.
tors on the disc brakes give a warning km/h). . When tire chains are installed,
noise when the brake pads are worn. stopping distances may be long-
If a squeaking or scraping noise is heard WARNING er for a vehicle with the ABS than
from the disc brakes while braking, im- one without. Be sure to reduce
mediately have your vehicle checked by Always use the utmost care in driv- your speed and maintain a safe
your SUBARU dealer. ing – overconfidence because you distance from the vehicle in front.
are driving a vehicle with the ABS . When you feel the ABS operating,
could easily lead to a serious acci- you should maintain constant
dent. brake pedal pressure. Do not
pump the brake pedal since
doing so may defeat the opera-
tion of the ABS.
– CONTINUED –
& ABS self-check Electronic Brake Force Dis- & Steps to take if EBD system
S07AL01
Just after the vehicle is started, you may tribution (EBD) system malfunctions
S07AM01
feel on the brake pedal a vibration similar S07AM
to when the ABS operates, and you may The EBD system maximizes the effective-
also hear the sound of the ABS working ness of the brakes by allowing the rear
from the engine compartment. This is brakes to supply a greater proportion of the
caused by an automatic functional test of braking force. It functions by adjusting the
the ABS being carried out and does not distribution of braking force to the rear
indicate a malfunction. wheels in accordance with the vehicle’s
loading condition and speed.
& ABS warning light The EBD system is an integral part of the
S07AL02
Refer to “ABS warning light” F3-20. ABS and uses some of the ABS compo-
nents to perform its function of optimizing
the distribution of braking force. If any of
the ABS components used by the EBD
system malfunction, the EBD system also If a malfunction occurs in the EBD system,
stops working. the system stops working and the following
warning lights illuminate simultaneously.
When the EBD system is operating, you . Brake system warning light
may hear a chattering noise or feel a slight
. ABS warning light
vibration in the brake pedal. This is normal
and does not indicate a malfunction. . Vehicle Dynamics Control warning light
The EBD system may be malfunctioning if
all the warning lights illuminate simulta-
neously during driving.
Even if the EBD system malfunctions, the
conventional braking system will still func-
tion. However, the rear wheels will be more
prone to locking when the brakes are
applied harder than usual and the vehicle’s
motion may therefore become somewhat
harder to control.
If all the warning lights illuminate simulta- have the vehicle towed to the nearest Vehicle Dynamics Control
neously, take the following steps. SUBARU dealer for repair.
system
1. Stop the vehicle in the nearest safe, flat S07AN
location. WARNING
& Safety precautions
2. Apply the parking brake and turn off the . Driving with the brake system
S07AN05
– CONTINUED –
pedal is felt. replacing a tire. Failure to do so may Dynamics Control system may help to
– The vehicle or steering wheel render the Vehicle Dynamics Control recover from the loss of traction. Use the
shakes to a small degree. system unable to operate correctly. Vehicle Dynamics Control OFF switch as
– An operating sound from the necessary.
engine compartment is heard briefly & Vehicle Dynamics Control . a standing start on a steeply sloping
when starting the engine and when system monitor road with a snowy, gravel-covered, or
driving off after starting the engine. S07AN01 otherwise slippery surface
– The brake pedal seems to jolt Refer to “Vehicle Dynamics Control warn- . extrication of the vehicle when its
when driving off after starting the ing light/Vehicle Dynamics Control opera- wheels are stuck in mud or deep snow
engine. tion indicator light” F3-23 and “Vehicle
. In the circumstances shown in the Dynamics Control OFF indicator light” F3-
following list, the vehicle may be less 24.
stable than it feels to the driver. The
Vehicle Dynamics Control System may & Vehicle Dynamics Control
therefore operate. Such operation does OFF switch 7
S07AN02
not indicate a system malfunction.
– on gravel-covered or rutted roads
– on unfinished roads
– when the vehicle is towing a
trailer
– when the vehicle is fitted with
snow tires or winter tires
. Activation of the Vehicle Dynamics When the switch is pressed during engine
Control system will cause operation of operation, the Vehicle Dynamics Control
the steering wheel to feel slightly OFF indicator light “ ” on the combination
different compared to that for normal meter illuminates. The Vehicle Dynamics
conditions. Control system will be deactivated and the
. It is always important to reduce vehicle will behave like a model not
speed when approaching a corner, Press the Vehicle Dynamics Control OFF
switch to deactivate the Vehicle Dynamics equipped with the Vehicle Dynamics Con-
even if your vehicle is equipped with trol system. When the switch is pressed
the Vehicle Dynamics Control system. Control system. Creating adequate driving
wheel slip by deactivating the Vehicle again to reactivate the Vehicle Dynamics
. Always turn off the engine before
– CONTINUED –
Control system, the Vehicle Dynamics Dynamics Control system. Do not de- X-MODE (if equipped)
Control OFF indicator light turns off. activate the Vehicle Dynamics Control S07BI
With the Vehicle Dynamics Control system system except when absolutely neces-
deactivated, traction and stability en- sary. WARNING
hancement offered by Vehicle Dynamics . Even when the Vehicle Dynamics
Control system is unavailable. Therefore Control system is deactivated, compo- . Always use the utmost care in
you should not deactivate the Vehicle nents of the brake control system may driving – overconfidence be-
Dynamics Control system except under still activate. When the brake control cause you are driving a vehicle
above-mentioned situations. system is activated, the Vehicle Dy- with X-MODE could easily lead to
namics Control operation indicator a serious accident.
NOTE light flashes. . Always use the utmost care in
. When the switch has been pressed driving – overconfidence be-
to deactivate the Vehicle Dynamics cause you are driving a vehicle
Control system, the Vehicle Dynamics with hill descent control function
Control system automatically reacti- could easily lead to a serious
vates itself the next time the ignition accident. Be especially careful,
switch is turned to the “LOCK”/“OFF” and depress the brake pedal if
position and the engine is restarted. necessary when driving on ex-
. If the switch is held down for 30 tremely steep downhill, frozen,
seconds or longer, the indicator light muddy or sandy roads. Failure
turns off, the Vehicle Dynamics Control to control the vehicle’s speed
system is activated, and the system may cause a loss of control and
ignores any further pressing of the result in a serious accident.
switch. To make the switch usable
again, turn the ignition switch to the
“LOCK”/“OFF” position and restart the CAUTION
engine.
. When the switch is pressed to . Even if your vehicle is equipped
deactivate the Vehicle Dynamics Con- with X-MODE, winter tires should
trol system, the vehicle’s running per- be used when driving on snow-
formance is comparable with that of a covered or icy roads; in addition,
vehicle that does not have a Vehicle vehicle speed should be reduced
considerably. Simply having X-
MODE does not guarantee that – Use only the special tempor- X-MODE has the following functions.
the vehicle will be able to avoid ary spare tire to replace a flat . Hill descent control function:
accidents in any situation. tire. With a normal temporary Using the hill descent control function, you
. Activate the X-MODE when you spare tire, the effectiveness of can keep the vehicle at a consistent speed
encounter a very slippery surface the X-MODE is reduced and driving downhill. If the vehicle speed is
at low speed. However, having X- this should be taken into ac- likely to increase, the brake control system
MODE is no guarantee that full count when driving the vehi- will be activated to adjust the vehicle
vehicle control will be maintained cle in such a condition. speed.
at all times and under all condi- . If the hill descent control function . Driving ability control:
tions. When activating X-MODE, has operated continuously for a This mode increases the hill-climbing
the speed of the vehicle should long time, the temperature of the ability and driving ability as well as
be reduced considerably. brake disc may increase and the enabling smooth application of torque for
. Whenever suspension compo- hill descent control function may easier control of the steering wheel.
nents, steering components, or be temporarily disabled. In this
an axle are removed from a case, the hill descent control 7
vehicle, have the system in- indicator will disappear. When & To activate/deactivate the X-
spected by an authorized the hill descent control indicator MODE
S07BI01
SUBARU dealer. disappears, the hill descent con-
trol function is disabled.
. Observe the following precau-
tions in order to ensure that the X-MODE is the integrated control system
X-MODE is operating properly: of the engine, AWD and Vehicle Dynamics
– All four wheels should be Control system, etc. for driving with bad
fitted with tires of the same road conditions. Using X-MODE, you can
size, type, and brand. Further- drive more comfortably even in slippery
more, the amount of wear road conditions including uphill and down-
should be the same for all four hill.
tires.
– Keep the tire pressure at the
proper level as shown on the
label attached to the vehicle’s X-MODE switch
door pillar.
– CONTINUED –
7-42 Starting and operating/Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (U.S.-spec. models)
lant is used, contact your nearest cause poor reception of the signals brake pedal firmly and hold it down until
SUBARU dealer or other qualified from the tire pressure sensors, and the parking brake lever is fully pulled up.
service shop as soon as possi- the tire pressure monitoring system
ble. Make sure to replace the tire will not function properly.
pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the
tire. You may reuse the wheel if NOTE
there is no damage to it and if the This device complies with part 15 of the
sealant residue is properly FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
cleaned off. Do not inject any tire following two conditions: (1) This de-
liquid or aerosol tire sealant into vice may not cause harmful interfer- 7
the tires, as this may cause a ence, and (2) this device must accept
malfunction of the tire pressure any interference received, including
sensors. If the light illuminates interference that may cause undesired
steadily after blinking for ap- operation.
proximately one minute,
promptly contact a SUBARU FCC CAUTION To release the parking brake, pull the lever
dealer to have the system in- Changes or modifications not ex- up slightly, press the release button, then
spected. pressly approved by the party respon- lower the lever while keeping the button
sible for compliance could void the pressed.
user’s authority to operate the equip- When the parking brake is set while the
ment. engine is running, the parking brake
warning light illuminates. After starting
the vehicle, be sure that the warning light
has turned off before the vehicle is driven.
Refer to “Brake system warning light (red)”
F3-21.
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION WARNING
Never drive while the parking brake . Never leave unattended children
is set because this will cause un- or pets in the vehicle. They could
necessary wear on the brake linings. accidentally injure themselves or
Before starting to drive, always others through inadvertent op-
make sure that the parking brake eration of the vehicle. Also, on
has been fully released. hot or sunny days, the tempera-
ture in a closed vehicle could
quickly become high enough to
& Parking tips cause severe or possibly fatal
When parking your vehicle, always per-
S07AP02
injuries to people.
form the following items. . Do not park the vehicle over
When parking on a hill, always turn the flammable materials such as dry
. Apply the parking brake firmly.
steering wheel. When the vehicle is grass, waste paper or rags, as
. For MT models, put the shift lever in the headed up the hill, the front wheels should
“1” (1st) for upgrade or “R” (Reverse) for a they may burn easily if they come
be turned away from the curb. near hot engine or exhaust sys-
downgrade.
tem parts.
. For CVT models, put the select lever in
the “P” (Park) position. . Be sure to stop the engine if you
take a nap in the vehicle. If engine
Never rely on the mechanical friction of the exhaust gas enters the passen-
transmission alone to hold the vehicle. ger compartment, occupants in
the vehicle could die from carbon
monoxide (CO) contained in the
exhaust gas.
& To activate/deactivate the Hill place the ignition switch in the “LOCK”/
start assist system “OFF” position once and then start
S07AU02 over again.
! To deactivate
S07AU0201
1. Park your vehicle in a flat and safe
location and apply the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”/
“OFF” position.
3. Restart the engine.
Cruise control indicator light (type A) 3. Press the “RES/SET” switch to the Cruise control set indicator light (type A)
“SET” side and release it. Then release the 1) When setting the displayed unit as
“MPH”.
7
accelerator pedal. 2) When setting the displayed unit as
“km/h”.
NOTE
When setting a cruise speed for the first
time during a drive, both “SET” and
“RES” may be used to set the initial
cruise speed.
switch to the “RES” side to return to the Press the “RES/SET” switch to the “RES” ! To increase the speed (by accelera-
original cruising speed automatically. side and hold it until the vehicle reaches tor pedal)
The cruise control set indicator light in the the desired speed. Then, release the S07AQ0402
switch. The vehicle speed at that moment 1. Depress the accelerator pedal to ac-
combination meter will automatically illu- celerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
minate at this time. will be memorized and treated as the new
set speed.
& To turn off the cruise control When setting the displayed unit as
S07AQ03
There are two ways to turn off the cruise “MPH”:
control: The set speed can be increased 1 mph
. Press the cruise control main button (1.6 km/h) each time by pressing the “RES/
again. SET” switch to the “RES” side.
. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC” or
When setting the displayed unit as
“LOCK”/“OFF” position (but only when the
“km/h”:
vehicle is completely stopped). 7
The set speed can be increased 1 km/h
each time by pressing the “RES/SET”
& To change the cruising speed switch to the “RES” side.
S07AQ04
! To increase the speed (by the “RES/ 2. Press the “RES/SET” switch to the
SET” switch) “SET” side once. Now the desired speed is
S07AQ0405
set and the vehicle will keep running at that
speed without depressing the accelerator
pedal.
– CONTINUED –
! To decrease the speed (by the “RES/ ! To decrease the speed (by brake & Cruise control indicator light
S07AQ05
SET” switch) pedal) Refer to “Cruise control indicator light” F3-
S07AQ0406 S07AQ0404
1. Depress the brake pedal to release 30.
cruise control temporarily.
& Cruise control set indicator
light
S07AQ06
Refer to “Cruise control set indicator light”
F3-31.
BSD/RCTA (if equipped) at all even when a vehicle is present ! Blind Spot Detection (BSD)
S07BM0101
S07BM in a neighboring lane or approach-
The BSD/RCTA consists of rear radar with ing from either side.
Blind Spot Detection and Rear Cross The driver is responsible for paying
Traffic Alert. attention to the rear and side areas
of the vehicle.
These functions enable the system to
detect objects or vehicles to the rear,
drawing attention to the driver when & System features
changing a lane or when driving in reverse. S07BM01
BSD/RCTA consists of the following func-
WARNING tions.
. To detect a vehicle in a blind spot on an
The driver is responsible for driving adjacent lane or a vehicle approaching at
safely. Always be sure to check the high speed while driving the vehicle (Blind 7
1) Operating range
surroundings with your eyes when Spot Detection)
changing lanes or reversing the . To detect a vehicle approaching from The system warns the driver of dangers as
vehicle. the right or left while reversing the vehicle follows.
The system is designed to assist the (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) . If the system detects a vehicle existing
driver to change lanes or reverse in the blind spot, the BSD/RCTA approach
safely by monitoring the rear and The system uses radar sensors for the indicator light(s) on the outside mirror(s)
side areas of the vehicle. However, above functions. will illuminate.
you cannot rely on this system alone NOTE
in assuring the safety during a lane
The BSD/RCTA radar sensor has been
change or reversing. Overconfi-
certified by the radio wave related laws
dence in this system could result in
of the U.S. and Canada. When driving in
an accident and lead to serious
other countries, certification of the
injury or death. Since the system
country where the vehicle is driven
operation has various limitations,
must be obtained. For certification in
the flashing or illumination of the
the U.S. and Canada, refer to “Certifica-
BSD/RCTA approach indicator light
tion for the BSD/RCTA” F7-60.
may be delayed or it may not operate
– CONTINUED –
. In the following cases, the BSD/ eration and the BSD/RCTA OFF indica- with a low body height such as
RCTA will temporarily stop operating tor will disappear. However, if the BSD/ sports cars or a trailer with no
(or may stop operating) and the BSD/ RCTA OFF indicator has appeared for a cargo)
RCTA OFF indicator will appear. prolonged time, have the system in- – Vehicles that are not approaching
– When the radar sensor becomes spected at a SUBARU dealer as soon as your vehicle even though they are in
significantly misaligned (If the or- possible. the detection area (either on a
ientation of the radar sensor is . The detectability of the radar sen- neighboring lane to the rear or be-
shifted for any reason, readjust- sors is restricted. The BSD/RCTA de- side your vehicle when reversing)
ment is required. Have the sensor tection may be impaired and the system (The system determines the pre-
adjusted at a SUBARU dealer.) may not operate properly under the sence of approaching vehicles
– When a large amount of snow or following conditions. based on data detected by the radar
ice sticks to the rear bumper sur- – When the rear bumper around the sensors.)
face around the radar sensors radar sensors is distorted – Vehicles traveling at significantly
– When the vehicle is driven on a – When ice, snow or mud adheres different speeds
snow-covered road or in an envir- to the rear bumper surface around – Vehicles driving in parallel at al-
onment in which there are no ob- the radar sensors most the same speed as your vehi-
jects around (such as in a desert) for – When stickers, etc. are affixed on cle for a prolonged time
a long time the areas of the radar sensors on – Oncoming vehicles
– When the temperature around the the rear bumper – Vehicles in a lane beyond the
radar sensors increased exces- – During adverse weather condi- neighboring lane
sively due to long driving on uphill tions such as rain, snow or fog – Vehicles travelling at a signifi-
grades in summer, etc. – When driving on wet roads such cantly lower speed that you are
– When the temperature around the as snow-covered roads and through trying to overtake
radar sensors becomes extremely puddles . On a road with extremely narrow
low . The radar sensors may not detect or lanes, the system may detect vehicles
– When the vehicle battery voltage may have difficulty detecting the fol- driving in a lane next to the neighboring
lowers lowing. lane.
– When the vehicle battery be- – Small motorcycles, bicycles, pe- . When the 8-inch audio/navigation
comes overvoltage destrians, stationary objects on the system is performing a software up-
road or road side, etc. date, the RCTA warning icons may not
When the above conditions are cor- be displayed on the audio/navigation
– Vehicles with body shapes that
rected, the BSD/RCTA will resume op- screen until the update is complete.
the radar may not reflect (vehicles
& BSD/RCTA approach indica- driver of dangers under the following ! BSD/RCTA approach warning buz-
tor light/warning buzzer conditions. zer (only when reversing)
S07BM0302
S07BM03 . While the indicator light illuminates, if A warning buzzer sounds along with
When the BSD/RCTA is active, the BSD/ you operate the turn signal lever toward
RCTA approach indicator light will operate flashing of the BSD/RCTA approach in-
the side in which this light turned on. dicator light to warn the driver of dangers.
to alert the driver when there are vehicles
. When reversing the vehicle while the
in the neighboring lanes. When reversing The setting of the warning buzzer volume
system detects a vehicle approaching
the vehicle, the BSD/RCTA approach can be changed by operating the combi-
from either side.
indicator light and warning buzzer will nation meter display (color LCD). For
operate to alert the driver that a vehicle is details, refer to “Menu screens” F3-38.
! BSD/RCTA approach indicator
approaching from the left or right side.
light dimming function ! Safety tips regarding the BSD/RCTA
S07BM030101
! BSD/RCTA approach indicator light When the headlights are turned on, the approach indicator light/warning
S07BM0301
brightness of the BSD/RCTA approach buzzer
S07BM0303
indicator light will be reduced. . In the following cases, operation of the
BSD/RCTA approach indicator light and
7
NOTE the warning buzzer may be delayed or the
. You may have difficulty recognizing system may fail to issue these warnings.
the BSD/RCTA approach indicator light – When a vehicle moves to the neigh-
under the following conditions. boring lane from a lane next to the
– When affected by direct sunlight neighboring lane
– When affected by the headlight – When driving on a steep incline or
beams from the vehicles behind on repeated sharp uphill and downhill
. While the illumination brightness grades
control dial is in the fully upward – When going beyond a pass
position, even if the headlights are – When both your vehicle and a
BSD/RCTA approach indicator light turned on, the brightness of the BSD/ vehicle driving on a neighboring lane
It is mounted in each side of the outside RCTA approach indicator light will not are driving on the far side of each lane.
mirrors. be reduced. For details about the – When several narrowly-spaced ve-
The indicator light will illuminate when a illumination brightness control dial, hicles are approaching in a row
vehicle approaching from behind is de- refer to “Illumination brightness con-
– In low radius bends (tight bends or
tected. trol” F3-12.
when making turns at an intersection)
The indicator light will flash to warn the
– CONTINUED –
– When there is a difference in height away is driving on the near side of its
between your lane and the neighboring lane from your vehicle
lane
– Immediately after the BSD/RCTA is & BSD/RCTA OFF indicator
S07BM08
activated by pressing the BSD/RCTA
OFF switch ! System temporary stops
S07BM0801
– Immediately after the shift lever/
select lever is shifted to the “R” position
– When extremely heavy cargo is
loaded in the cargo area
. During reversing, operation of the BSD/
RCTA approach indicator light and the
warning buzzer may be delayed or the
system may fail to issue these warnings . The BSD/RCTA approach indicator
under the following conditions. light may illuminate when driving close to
– When backing out of an angled solid objects on the road or road side (such
parking space as guardrails, tunnels and sidewalls).
– When a large-sized vehicle is . The BSD/RCTA approach indicator
parked next to your vehicle (That light may flash when turning at an inter-
section in urban areas or a multilane 1) BSD/RCTA temporary stop message
vehicle prevents the propagation of 2) BSD/RCTA OFF indicator
radar waves.) intersection.
– When reversing on sloped roads . The BSD/RCTA approach indicator This display appears when the system is
– When reversing at a high speed light may flash and the warning buzzer used under the following conditions.
may sound if a building or a wall exists in . Extremely high or low temperatures
the reversing direction. . When abnormal voltage exists for the
. In the following cases, the system may vehicle battery
detect a vehicle driving two lanes away . When the radar sensor is significantly
from your vehicle. misaligned
– When you are driving on the near
side of its lane from the corresponding Once the above conditions are corrected,
vehicle the system will recover from the temporary
– When the vehicle driving two lanes stop condition and the indicator will dis-
appear. If the indicator remains displayed & BSD/RCTA warning indicator & BSD/RCTA OFF switch
for a prolonged time, have the system S07BM04 S07BM05
– CONTINUED –
– CONTINUED –
& Handling of radar sensors sensor becomes misaligned, a system Reverse Automatic Braking
S07BM07 malfunction may occur, including the in-
ability to detect vehicles entering the
System (if equipped)
S07BN
detection areas. If any strong shock is
applied to the bumper, be sure to contact Reverse Automatic Braking is a system
your SUBARU dealer for inspection. designed to help avoid collisions or reduce
. Do not disassemble the radar sensors. collision damage when reversing the
vehicle. If a wall or an obstacle is detected
NOTE in the reversing direction, the system will
If the radar sensors require repair or notify the driver with a warning sound and
replacement, or the bumper area may activate the vehicle’s brakes auto-
around the radar sensors requires matically.
repair, paintwork or replacement, con-
tact your SUBARU dealer for assis- WARNING
1) Sensors tance. . Reverse Automatic Braking is not
a system intended to replace the
The radar sensors, one on each side of the
driver’s responsibility to check
vehicle, are mounted inside the rear
surrounding areas for vehicles or
bumper.
obstacles to avoid a collision.
To ensure correct operation of the BSD/
RCTA, observe the following precautions. . The driver is responsible for driv-
ing safely. Always be sure to
. Always keep the bumper surface near
check the surroundings visually
the radar sensors clean.
when reversing the vehicle.
. Do not affix any stickers or other items
on the bumper surface near the radar . There are some cases in which
sensors. the vehicle cannot avoid colli-
sion, because the system opera-
. Do not modify the bumper near the
tion has limitations. The warning
radar sensors.
sound or automatic braking may
. Do not paint the bumper near the radar be delayed or may not operate at
sensors. all even when an obstacle is
. Do not expose the bumper near the present.
radar sensors to strong impacts. If a
. The system is not designed to the acquired data to any other third
detect people (including chil- party except under the following con-
dren), animals or other moving ditions.
objects. . The vehicle owner has given his/her
. Depending on the vehicle condi- consent.
tion or the surrounding environ- . The disclosure/provision is based
ment, the sonar sensor’s ability on a court order or other legally en-
to detect objects may be compro- forceable request.
mised. . Data that has been modified so that
the user and vehicle cannot be identi-
fied is provided to a research institution
NOTE for statistical processing or similar
The Reverse Automatic Braking Sys- purposes.
tem records and stores the following
data when automatic braking operates. & Reverse Automatic Braking 7
It does not record conversations, per- System overview
sonal information or other audio data. S07BN01
The system detects objects using sonar
. Distance from the object sensors installed in the rear bumper.
. Vehicle speed
. Accelerator pedal operation status . If the system determines a possible
. Brake pedal operation status collision with an object in the reversing
. Select lever position direction, automatic deceleration will be
. Outside temperature activated. Also, beeping sounds will acti-
. The sensitivity setting of the sonar vate.
sensors . If the vehicle is further reversed, auto-
matic hard braking will be applied and a
SUBARU and third parties contracted continuous beeping sound will activate.
by SUBARU may acquire and use the
recorded data for the purpose of vehi-
cle research and development.
SUBARU and third parties contracted
by SUBARU will not disclose or provide
– CONTINUED –
! Detecting range
S07BN0101
WARNING NOTE
If your vehicle is trapped on a rail- . In the following cases, the Reverse
road crossing and you are trying to Automatic braking system will not
escape by reversing through the operate. Promptly contact a SUBARU
crossing gate, the system may re- dealer to have the system inspected.
cognize the crossing gate as an – The EyeSight warning indicator
obstacle and the brake may activate. is illuminated
In this case, remain calm and either – The Reverse Automatic Braking
continue to depress the accelerator fail indicator is illuminated
pedal or cancel the system. To . When the Reverse Automatic Brak-
cancel the system, refer to “Cancel- ing system OFF indicator is illumi-
ing the Reverse Automatic Braking nated, the Reverse Automatic braking
system operation” F7-71. 1) EyeSight warning indicator system cannot be operated.
2) RAB warning indicator . In the following cases, the system 7
3) RAB OFF indicator may not be able to properly detect an
& Operating conditions obstacle. Promptly contact a SUBARU
. The ignition switch is in the “ON”
S07BN02 dealer to have the system inspected.
The Reverse Automatic Braking system position
– A sticker, paint, or a chemical is
will operate when all of the following . The EyeSight warning indicator is off
applied to the sonar sensor or the
conditions are met. . The RAB warning indicator is off rear bumper near the sonar sensor
. HALT (RAB OFF) indicator is off – The rear bumper is modified
. The Reverse Automatic Braking sys- – The rear bumper has been re-
tem is set to on moved and reattached
. The select lever is in the “R” position – The ground clearance is changed
. The vehicle speed is between 1 to 9 due to the vehicle’s loading condi-
mph (1.5 to 15 km/h) tion or modification
– Ice, snow or mud is adhered to
the rear bumper near the sonar
sensor
– The rear bumper is exposed to
strong impact, or the rear bumper is
– CONTINUED –
! Obstacle detected and alert level When an object is detected in the rever-
S07BN0301
sing direction, the range of detected object
will be shown on the audio/navigation
monitor.
A warning alarm will sound and, depend-
ing on the speed, either torque control to
generate engine braking or automatic
braking will be applied.
! Object close behind warning
S07BN0302
– CONTINUED –
! When the vehicle is being stopped ! After the vehicle is stopped by the illuminates.
by the system system – There is ice, snow, mud, or other
S07BN0303 S07BN0304
substance on the sonar sensors.
– The select lever was shifted to R when
there is an obstacle located close to the
rear bumper.
– A sound with a frequency close to that
of the sonar used by the Reverse Auto-
matic Braking system was detected.
NOTE
Automatic braking only holds the vehi-
cle for 2 seconds. Before the automatic
brake is released, a warning sound (3
short beeps followed by a long beep)
Depress brake pedal warning RAB OFF indicator: illuminates when the will activate to alert the driver that the
1) Warning message Reverse Automatic Braking system is turned automatic will be released.
OFF.
Make sure to depress the brake pedal
once the vehicle has been stopped by After the brake pedal is depressed, the
automatic braking. Until the brake pedal is Reverse Automatic Braking system OFF
depressed, a message will be displayed indicator will illuminate and the system will
on the audio/navigation monitor and the temporarily stop operating. The Reverse
continuous beep will remain sounding. Automatic Braking system OFF indicator
will turn off when the select lever is shifted
At this time, a warning message is also
to a position other than the “R” position.
displayed on the combination meter dis-
play (color LCD). The system will operate again the next
time the select lever is shifted to “R”
position.
In circumstances such as the following, the
Reverse Automatic Braking system auto-
matically stops operating and the Reverse
Automatic Braking system OFF indicator
again, consult your SUBARU dealer. & RAB warning indicator & Handling of the sonar sen-
. The settings will be restored as S07BN07
sors
follows when the select lever is shifted S07BN06
to the “R” position next time. The 4 sonar sensors are located in the rear
bumper. To ensure the proper operation of
– Reverse Automatic Braking sys-
the Reverse Automatic Braking system,
tem settings: default (ON setting)
observe the following precautions.
– Object detection warning beep-
ing sound: the setting selected by
operating the combination meter
display (color LCD)
Also, the following settings can be chan-
ged by operating the combination meter
display (color LCD).
. Warning volume
1) RAB malfunction message
. Sonar audible alarm ON/OFF
2) RAB warning indicator
For details, refer to “Menu screens” F3- If the Reverse Automatic Braking System
38. malfunctions, the above indicator illumi-
nates on the combination meter. Contact
the nearest SUBARU dealer for details. . Do not affix any stickers or other items
on the sonar sensor or the bumper surface
near the sonar sensors.
. Always keep the sonar sensor and the
rear bumper surface near the sonar
sensors clean.
. Do not modify the rear bumper.
. Do not paint the bumper near the sonar
sensors.
. Do not apply strong impacts to the rear
bumper near the sonar sensors. If a sensor
becomes misaligned, a system malfunc-
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(341,1)
Driving tips
New vehicle break-in driving – the first 1,000 Tire chains ........................................................... 8-11
S08
miles (1,600 km) ................................................... 8-2 Rocking the vehicle .............................................. 8-11
Fuel economy hints ................................................ 8-2 Loading your vehicle............................................ 8-12
Engine exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............... 8-2 Vehicle capacity weight ........................................ 8-12
Catalytic converter.................................................. 8-3 GVWR and GAWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
and Gross Axle Weight Rating) .......................... 8-13
Periodic inspections ............................................... 8-4 Roof rail ............................................................... 8-14
Driving in foreign countries ................................... 8-4 Roof tent .............................................................. 8-14
Driving tips for AWD models ................................. 8-4 Trailer hitch (dealer option) ................................. 8-16
Off road driving....................................................... 8-6 Connecting a trailer .............................................. 8-17
Before driving ........................................................ 8-6 If not towing a trailer ............................................ 8-18
During driving........................................................ 8-7 Trailer towing ........................................................ 8-18
After driving........................................................... 8-7 Warranties and maintenance ................................. 8-19
Winter driving.......................................................... 8-8 Maximum load limits............................................. 8-19
Operation during cold weather ............................... 8-8 Trailer Hitches ...................................................... 8-22
Driving on snowy and icy roads ............................. 8-9 When you do not tow a trailer ............................... 8-23
Corrosion protection ............................................. 8-10 Connecting a trailer .............................................. 8-23 8
Snow tires ............................................................ 8-10 Trailer towing tips................................................. 8-24
8-2 Driving tips/New vehicle break-in driving – the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km)
New vehicle break-in driving – Fuel economy hints Engine exhaust gas (carbon
the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) S08AB monoxide)
S08AA The following suggestions will help to save S08AC
exhaust fumes are entering the Catalytic converter your vehicle checked and repaired by an
vehicle, have the problem S08AD
authorized SUBARU dealer.
checked and corrected as soon . Do not apply undercoating or rust
as possible. If you must drive prevention treatment to the heat shield of
under these conditions, drive catalytic converter and the exhaust sys-
only with all windows fully open. tem.
. Keep the rear gate closed while . Do not drive with an extremely low fuel
driving to prevent exhaust gas level.
from entering the vehicle.
WARNING
NOTE . Avoid fire hazards. Do not drive
Due to the expansion and contraction or park the vehicle anywhere
of the metals used in the manufacture near flammable materials (e.g.,
of the exhaust system, you may hear a grass, paper, rags or leaves),
crackling sound coming from the ex- The catalytic converter is installed in the because the catalytic converter
exhaust system. It serves as a catalyst to operates at very high tempera-
haust system for a short time after the
tures.
8
engine has been shut off. This sound is reduce HC, CO and NOx in exhaust gases,
normal. thus providing cleaner exhaust. . Keep everyone and flammable
materials away from the exhaust
To avoid damage to the catalytic converter: pipe while the engine is running.
. Use only unleaded fuel. Even a small The exhaust gas is very hot.
amount of leaded fuel will damage the
catalytic converter.
. Never start the engine by pushing or
pulling the vehicle.
. Avoid racing the engine.
. Never turn the ignition switch to the
“OFF” position while the vehicle is moving.
. Keep your engine tuned-up. If you feel
the engine running rough (misfiring, back-
firing or incomplete combustion), have
Periodic inspections Driving in foreign countries Driving tips for AWD models
S08AE S08AF S08AG
To keep your vehicle in the best condition When planning to use your vehicle in
at all times, always have the recom- another country:
WARNING
mended maintenance services listed in . Confirm the availability of the correct . Always maintain a safe driving
the maintenance schedule in the “War- fuel. Refer to “Fuel requirements” F7-3. speed according to the road and
ranty and Maintenance Booklet” per- . Comply with all regulations and require- weather conditions in order to
formed at the specified time or mileage ments of each country. avoid having an accident on a
intervals. sharp turn, during sudden brak-
ing or under other similar condi-
tions.
. Always use the utmost care in
driving – overconfidence be-
cause you are driving an All-
Wheel Drive vehicle could easily
lead to a serious accident.
. When replacing or installing tire
(s), all four tires must be the same
for following items.
(a) Size
(b) Circumference
(c) Speed symbol
(d) Load index
(e) Construction
(f) Manufacturer
(g) Brand (tread pattern)
(h) Degrees of wear
For the items (a) to (d), you must
obey the specification that is
printed on the tire placard. The conditions than a two wheel drive vehicle.
tire placard is located on the There is little difference in handling, how-
driver’s door pillar. ever, during extremely sharp turns or
If all of four tires are not the same sudden braking. Therefore, when driving
for items (a) to (h), serious me- down a slope or turning corners, be sure to
chanical damage could occur to reduce your speed and maintain an ample
the drive train of your car, and distance from other vehicles.
affect the following. . Always check the cold tire pressure
before starting to drive. The recommended
– Ride
tire pressure is provided on the tire
– Handling placard, which is located under the door
– Braking latch on the driver’s side.
– Speedometer/Odometer cali- . Frequent driving of an AWD vehicle
bration All-Wheel Drive distributes the engine under hard-driving conditions such as
power to all four wheels. AWD models steep hills or dusty roads will necessitate
– Clearance between the body provide better traction when driving on more frequent replacement of the follow-
and tires slippery, wet or snow-covered roads and ing items than that specified in the “War- 8
It also may be dangerous and when moving out of mud, dirt and sand. By ranty and Maintenance Booklet”.
lead to loss of vehicle control, shifting power between the front and rear – Engine oil
and it can lead to an accident. wheels, SUBARU AWD can also provide – Brake fluid
added traction during acceleration and – Rear differential gear oil
added engine braking force during decel-
CAUTION – Manual transmission oil (MT mod-
eration.
els)
If you use a temporary spare tire to Therefore, your SUBARU AWD vehicle – Continuously variable transmission
replace a flat tire, be sure to use the may handle differently than an ordinary fluid (CVT models)
original temporary spare tire stored two wheel drive vehicle and it contains – Front differential gear oil (CVT
in the vehicle. Using other sizes may some features unique to AWD. For safety models)
result in severe mechanical damage purposes as well as to avoid damaging the . Never attempt to drive through pools
to the drive train of your vehicle. AWD system, you should keep the follow- and puddles, or roads flooded with water.
ing tips in mind. Water entering the engine air intake or the
. An AWD model is better able to climb exhaust pipe or water splashing onto
steeper roads under snowy or slippery electrical parts may damage your vehicle
– CONTINUED –
and may cause it to stall. Off road driving your SUBARU while operating it off-
. There are some precautions that you S08AH road and not using common sense
must observe when towing your vehicle. precautions such as those listed
For detailed information, refer to “Towing” WARNING here is not eligible for warranty
F9-13. coverage.
. Always maintain a safe driving
speed according to the road and Because of the AWD feature and higher
weather conditions in order to ground clearance, you can drive your
avoid having an accident on a SUBARU on ordinary roads or off-road.
sharp turn, during sudden brak- But please keep in mind that an AWD
ing or under other similar condi- SUBARU is a passenger car and is neither
tions. a conventional off-road vehicle nor an all-
. Always use the utmost care in terrain vehicle. If you do take your
driving – overconfidence be- SUBARU off-road, certain common sense
cause you are driving an All- precautions such as those in the following
Wheel Drive model could easily list should be taken.
lead to a serious accident.
& Before driving
S08AH09
. Make certain that you and all of your
CAUTION
passengers are wearing seatbelts.
Frequent driving of an AWD model . Carry some emergency equipment,
under hard-driving conditions such such as a towing rope or chain, a shovel,
as rough roads or off roads will wheel blocks, first aid kit and cell phone or
necessitate more frequent replace- citizens band radio.
ment of the following items than that . Secure all cargo carried inside the
specified in the maintenance sche- vehicle and make certain that it is not piled
dule described in the “Warranty and higher than the seatbacks. During sudden
Maintenance Booklet”. stops or jolts, unsecured cargo could be
. Engine oil thrown around in the vehicle and cause
injury. Do not pile heavy loads on the roof.
. Brake fluid Those loads raise the vehicle’s center of
Remember that damage done to gravity and make it more prone to tip over.
. Never equip your vehicle with tires stops. This could create a fire hazard. mode” F7-26.
larger than those specified in this manual.
Precautions when driving under espe-
cially dangerous situations:
& After driving
& During driving S08AH11
. Always check your brakes for effective-
S08AH10 . If driving through water, such as when
General precautions: crossing shallow streams, first check the ness immediately after driving in sand,
. Drive carefully. Do not take unneces- depth of the water and the bottom of the mud or water. Do this by driving slowly and
sary risks by driving in dangerous areas or stream bed for firmness and ensure that stepping on the brake pedal. Repeat that
over rough terrain. the bed of the stream is flat. Drive slowly process several times to dry out the brake
. Slow down and employ extra caution at and cross the stream without stopping. discs and brake pads.
all times. When driving off-road, you will The water should be shallow enough that it . After driving through tall grass, mud,
not have the benefit of marked traffic does not reach the vehicle’s undercar- rocks, sand, rivers, etc., check that there is
lanes, banked curves, traffic signs and riage. Water entering the engine air intake no grass, bush, paper, rags, stones, sand,
the like. or the exhaust pipe or water splashing onto etc. adhering to or trapped on the under-
. Do not drive across steep slopes. electrical parts may damage your vehicle body. Clear off any such matter from the
Instead, drive either straight up or straight and may cause it to stall. Never attempt to underbody. If the vehicle is used with these
down the slopes. A vehicle can much more drive through rushing water; regardless of materials trapped or adhering to the
easily tip over sideways than it can end its depth, it can wash away the ground underbody, a mechanical breakdown or 8
over end. Avoid driving straight up or down from under your tires, resulting in possible fire could occur.
slopes that are too steep. loss of traction and even vehicle rollover. . Wash the vehicle’s underbody after off-
. Avoid sharp turning maneuvers, espe- . If you must rock the vehicle to free it road driving. Suspension components are
cially at higher speeds. from sand or mud, depress the accelerator particularly prone to dirt buildup, so they
. Do not grip the inside or spokes of the pedal slightly and move the shift lever/ need to be washed thoroughly.
steering wheel. A bad bump could jerk the select lever back and forth between “1”/“D”
wheel and injure your hands. Instead, and “R” repeatedly. Do not race the
drive with your fingers and thumbs on the engine. For the best possible traction,
outside of the rim. avoid spinning the wheels when trying to
. Do not drive or park over or near free the vehicle.
flammable materials such as dry grass or . When the road surface is extremely
fallen leaves, as they may burn easily. The slippery, you can obtain better traction by
exhaust system is very hot while the starting the vehicle with the transmission in
engine is running and right after the engine 2nd than 1st (both for MT and CVT). For
CVT models, refer to “Selection of manual
Clear away ice and snow that has accu- icing may develop on the brake an extended period, it is best to have the
mulated under the fenders to avoid making system, which could cause poor fuel tank filled to capacity.
steering difficult. During severe winter braking action. Check for snow or
driving, stop when and where it is safe to
& Driving on snowy and icy
ice buildup on the suspension,
do so and check under the fenders disc brakes and brake hoses
roads
S08AI02
periodically. underneath the vehicle. If there To prevent skidding and slipping, avoid
! Parking in cold weather is caked snow or ice, remove it, sudden braking, abrupt acceleration, high-
S08AI0102 being careful not to damage the speed driving, and sharp turning when
disc brakes and brake hoses and driving on snowy or icy roads.
WARNING
ABS harness. Always maintain ample distance between
Snow can trap dangerous exhaust your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you
gases under your vehicle. Keep When parking for long periods in cold to avoid the need for sudden braking.
snow clear of the exhaust pipe and weather, you should observe the following To supplement the foot brake, use the
from around your vehicle if you park tips. engine brake effectively to control the
the vehicle in snow with the engine 1. For MT models, place the shift lever in vehicle speed. (Shift into a lower gear
running. the “1” or “R” position. For CVT models, when necessary.)
place the select lever in the “P” position. Avoid shifting down abruptly. Such beha- 8
2. Use tire stops under the tires to prevent vior can cause the wheels to lock, possibly
CAUTION the vehicle from moving. leading to loss of vehicle control.
. Do not use the parking brake ! Refueling in cold weather An anti-lock brake system (ABS) en-
when parking for long periods in S08AI0103 hances your vehicle’s braking perfor-
cold weather since it could freeze To help prevent moisture from forming in mance on snowy and icy roads. For
in that position. the fuel system and the risk of its freezing, information on braking on slippery sur-
use of an antifreeze additive in the fuel faces, refer to “ABS (Anti-lock Brake
. When the vehicle is parked in tank is recommended during cold weather.
snow or when it snows, raise the System)” F7-33 and “Vehicle Dynamics
wiper blades off the glass to Use only additives that are specifically Control system” F7-35.
prevent damage to them. designed for this purpose. When an anti-
freeze additive is used, its effect lasts WARNING
. When the vehicle has been left longer if the tank is refilled whenever the
parked after use on roads heavily fuel level reaches half empty. For models with cruise control:
covered with snow, or has been Do not use the cruise control on
left parked during a snowstorm, If your SUBARU is not going to be used for
slippery roads such as snowy or icy
– CONTINUED –
roads. This may cause loss of vehi- use the rear window defogger. Refer to (b) Circumference
cle control. “Defogger and deicer” F3-86. (c) Speed symbol
When driving in snow, if frozen snow starts (d) Load index
CAUTION to stick on the surface of the windshield (e) Construction
despite wiper operation, use the defroster
(f) Manufacturer
Avoid prolonged continuous driving with the airflow selection in “ ” and the
in snowstorms. Snow will enter the temperature set for maximum warmth. (g) Brand (tread pattern)
engine’s intake system and may After the windshield gets warmed enough (h) Degrees of wear
hinder the airflow, which could re- to melt the frozen snow on it, wash it away For the items (a) to (d), you must
sult in engine shutdown or even using the windshield washer. Refer to obey the specification that is
breakdown. “Windshield washer” F3-75. printed on the tire placard. The
Snow stuck on the wiper arm prevents the tire placard is located on the
! Wiper operation when snowing wiper from working effectively. If snow is driver’s door pillar.
S08AI0201
Before driving in cold weather, make sure stuck on the wiper arm, pull off the road to If all of four winter tires are not
the wiper blade rubbers are not frozen to a safe place, then remove it. If you stop the the same for items (a) to (h),
the windshield or rear window. vehicle at road side, use the hazard serious mechanical damage
warning flasher to alert other drivers. Refer could occur to the drive train of
If the wiper blade rubbers are frozen to the to “Hazard warning flasher” F3-8. your car, and affect the following.
windshield or rear window, perform the
following procedure. – Ride
& Corrosion protection
. To thaw the windshield wiper blade S08AI03 – Handling
rubbers, use the defroster with the airflow Refer to “Corrosion protection” F10-4.
– Braking
selection in “ ” and the temperature set – Speedometer/Odometer cali-
for maximum warmth until the wiper blade & Snow tires
S08AI04 bration
rubbers are completely thawed. Refer to
“Climate control” F4-1. WARNING – Clearance between the body
. If your vehicle is equipped with a wiper and tires
. When replacing or installing win- It also may be dangerous and
deicer, use it. It is helpful to thaw the
ter tire(s), all four tires must be lead to loss of vehicle control,
windshield wiper blade rubbers. Refer to
the same for following items. and it can lead to an accident.
“Defogger and deicer” F3-86.
. To thaw the rear wiper blade rubbers, (a) Size . Do not use a combination of
radial, belted bias or bias tires & Tire chains cause you are using a traction device
since it may cause dangerous S08AI05 could easily lead to a serious accident.
handling characteristics and lead CAUTION
to an accident. & Rocking the vehicle
Tire chains cannot be used on your S08AI06
Your vehicle is equipped with “all season vehicle because of the lack of clear- If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
tires” as original equipment, which are ance between the tires and vehicle snow, sand, or mud, depress the accel-
designed to provide an adequate measure body. erator pedal slightly and move the shift
of traction, handling and braking perfor- lever/select lever back and forth between
mance in year-round driving. In winter, it “1”/“D” and “R” repeatedly. Do not race the
may be possible to enhance performance NOTE engine. For the best possible traction,
through use of tires designed specifically When tire chains cannot be used, use of avoid spinning the wheels when trying to
for winter driving conditions. another type of traction device (such as free the vehicle.
When you choose to install winter tires on spring chains) may be acceptable if use When the road surface is extremely
your vehicle, be sure to use the correct tire on your vehicle is recommended by the slippery, you can obtain better traction by
size and type. You must install four winter device manufacturer, taking into ac- starting the vehicle with the transmission in
tires that are of the same size, construc- count tire size and road conditions. 2nd than 1st (both for MT and CVT
Follow the device manufacturer’s in- models). 8
tion, brand and load range and you should
never mix radial, belted bias or bias tires structions, especially regarding max-
If your vehicle is a CVT model, for
since this may result in dangerous hand- imum vehicle speed.
information about holding the transmission
ling characteristics. When you choose a To help avoid damage to your vehicle, in the 2nd position, refer to “Selection of
tire, make sure that there is enough drive slowly, readjust or remove the manual mode” F7-26.
clearance between the tire and vehicle device if it is contacting your vehicle,
body. and do not spin your wheels. Damage
caused to your vehicle by use of a
Remember to drive with care at all times traction device is not covered under
regardless of the type of tires on your warranty.
vehicle.
Make certain that any traction device
you use is an SAE class S device, and
use it on the front wheels only. Always
use the utmost care when driving with a
traction device. Overconfidence be-
. When you carry something inside Do not carry spray cans, containers
WARNING the vehicle, secure it whenever with flammable or corrosive liquids
you can to prevent it from being or any other dangerous items inside
. Never allow passengers to ride the vehicle.
on a folded rear seatback in the thrown around inside the vehicle
cargo area. Doing so may result during sudden stops, sharp turns
or in an accident.
in serious injury. NOTE
. Never stack luggage or other . Do not pile heavy loads on the For better fuel economy, do not carry
cargo higher than the top of the roof. These loads raise the vehi- unneeded cargo.
seatback because it could tumble cle’s center of gravity and make it
forward and injure passengers in more prone to tip over.
& Vehicle capacity weight
the event of a sudden stop or . Secure lengthy items properly to S08AJ01
& GVWR and GAWR (Gross Ve- assembly) plus the vehicle capacity
hicle Weight Rating and weight.
Gross Axle Weight Rating) In addition, the total weight applied to each
S08AJ02
axle (GAW) must never exceed the
GAWR. The front and rear GAWs can be
adjusted by relocating luggage inside the
vehicle.
Even if the total weight of your luggage is
lower than the vehicle capacity weight,
either front or rear GAW may exceed the
GAWR, depending on the distribution of
the luggage.
Vehicle placard When possible, the load should be evenly
The load capacity of your vehicle is distributed throughout the vehicle.
determined by weight, not by available If you carry heavy loads in the vehicle, you
cargo space. The maximum load you can Certification label should confirm that GVW and front and 8
carry in your vehicle is shown on the rear GAWs are within the GVWR and
vehicle placard attached to the driver’s The certification label attached to the
bottom of driver’s side door pillar shows GAWR by putting your vehicle on a vehicle
side door pillar. It includes the total weight scale, found at a commercial weighing
of the driver and all passengers and their GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) and
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating). station.
belongings, any optional equipment such
as a trailer hitch, roof rack or bike carrier, The GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) must Do not use replacement tires with a lower
etc., and the tongue load of a trailer. never exceed the GVWR. GVW is the load range than the originals because they
combined total of weight of the vehicle, may lower the GVWR and GAWR limita-
fuel, driver, all passengers, luggage, any tions. Replacement tires with a higher load
optional equipment and trailer tongue range than the originals do not increase
load. Therefore, the GVW changes de- the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
pending on the situation. The GVWR
equals Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle – including standard equipment,
fluids, emergency tools and spare tire
– CONTINUED –
& Roof rail does not exceed 150 lbs (68 kg). & Roof tent
S08AJ04 S08AJ14
Overloading may cause damage
to the vehicle.
. For cargo carrying purposes, the
roof rails must be used together
with the crossbars and any ap-
propriate carrying attachment
that may be needed. The roof
rails must never be used alone
to carry cargo. Otherwise, da-
mage to the roof or paint, or a
dangerous road hazard due to
loss of cargo could result.
1) Crossbar
Cargo can be carried on the roof after NOTE WARNING
securing the crossbars to the roof rails and Remember that the vehicle’s center of
installing an appropriate carrying attach- gravity is altered with the weight of the Adding weight to the vehicle’s roof
ment. When installing crossbars and a load on the roof, thus affecting driving can adversely affect handling, brak-
carrying attachment, follow the manufac- characteristics. ing, and rollover resistance. The
turer’s instructions. The roof rail system is Drive carefully. Avoid rapid starts, hard vehicle must never be driven with a
designed to carry loads (cargo, crossbars cornering and abrupt stops. Crosswind total roof rail load in excess of 176
and carrying attachment) of no more than effects will be increased. lbs (80 kg).
150 lbs (68 kg). Be sure not to exceed
your vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR.
CAUTION
CAUTION . The roof rail load limit for sta-
. When using a carrying attach- tionary vehicles (700 lbs (317 kg))
ment, make sure that the total applies only when the vehicle is
carrying load of the cargo, cross- parked and the load is evenly
bars and carrying attachment distributed left/right and front/
rear and the roof crossbars and
roof tent are tightly secured to ! When the vehicle is parked on level
the vehicle. If these conditions ground
S08AJ1402
are not met, the load limit will be
lower.
. The maximum load limit of the
roof crossbars must be obtained
from the manufacturer or retailer
of the roof rack. When driving the
vehicle, the maximum roof rail
load is 176 lbs (80 kg) or the
crossbar load limit (whichever is
lower).
A: Roof rails
B: Roof crossbars
C: Roof tent
B + C < 176 lbs (80 kg) A: Roof rails
B: Roof crossbars
C: Roof tent
D: Occupants in the roof tent
– CONTINUED –
The total weight on the roof rails – Trailer hitch (dealer option) safety hazard.
including the roof crossbars, roof tent, S08AK . Although towing regulations for
and all occupants and contents in the roof trailer or caravan vehicles vary
tent – must not exceed either the vehicle’s WARNING by state/region, all regulations
roof rail load limit (700 lbs (317 kg)), evenly agree that specifications such
distributed, or the load limit of the roof . Never exceed the maximum
weight specified for the trailer as the maximum gross trailer
crossbars, whichever is lower. weight must not exceed the les-
hitch. Exceeding the maximum
Load limit of the roof rail (A). weight could cause an accident ser of the following:
B + C + D < 700 lbs (317 kg) resulting in serious personal in- – Maximum gross trailer weight
juries. Permissible trailer weight – Maximum gross tongue
Exceeding this load limit could cause
changes depending on the situa- weight
damage to the vehicle or racking system.
tion. For possible recommenda- – GVWR
The vehicle must never be driven with
tions and limitations, refer to
occupants in the roof tent. Before the – GAWR
“Trailer towing” F8-18.
vehicle is driven, occupants and cargo
. Trailer brakes are required when . Failure to comply with the proce-
must be removed from the roof tent and
the towing load exceeds 1,000 lbs dures set forth will not only
the roof rail load must be restored to within
(453 kg). Be sure your trailer has compromise your safety, but will
the roof rail load limit of 176 lbs (80 kg).
safety chains and that each chain also negate your insurance cov-
Refer to the user manual that accompa-
will hold the trailer’s maximum erage and/or may violate the state
nied the roof tent for important safety
gross weight. Towing trailers road and traffic acts and regula-
information and instructions on the proper
without safety chains could cre- tions.
installation and use of the tent.
ate a traffic safety hazard if the . Use only the ball mount supplied
trailer separates from the hitch with this hitch. Use the hitch only
due to coupling damage or hitch as a weight carrying hitch. Do not
ball damage. use with any type of weight dis-
. Be sure to check the hitch pin and tributing hitch.
safety pin for positive locking . The standard bumper beam must
placement before towing a trailer. be installed after you remove the
If the ball mount comes off the trailer hitch. Consult a SUBARU
hitch receiver, the trailer could dealer for purchase of a standard
get loose and create a traffic bumper beam if you do not have
– CONTINUED –
maximum gross weight. The chains should 9. Confirm proper function of the hitch Trailer towing
cross under the trailer tongue to prevent wire harness by individually activating the S08AL
the tongue from dropping onto the ground brake, stop and turn signal lights on the
Your vehicle is designed and intended to
in case it should disconnect from the hitch trailer.
be used primarily as a passenger-carrying
ball. Allow sufficient slack in the chains
vehicle. Towing a trailer puts additional
taking tight turn situations into account; NOTE loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain,
however, be careful not to let them drag on
Always disconnect the trailer wire har- brakes, tires and suspension and has an
the ground.
ness before launching or retrieving a adverse effect on fuel economy.
WARNING watercraft. If you do decide to tow a trailer, your safety
and satisfaction depend upon proper use
Do not connect safety chains to any & If not towing a trailer of correct equipment and cautious opera-
S08AK02
part of the vehicle other than the . Remove the ball mount from the hitch tion of your vehicle. Seek the advice of
safety chain hooks. receiver tube and insert the receiver cover your SUBARU dealer to assist you in
onto the hitch receiver tube. purchasing a hitch and other necessary
. Place the dust cap over the four-pin towing equipment appropriate for your
connector of the hitch wire harness to vehicle. Do not use towing equipment
protect against possible damage. other than genuine SUBARU towing
. Occasionally lubricate terminals of the equipment. In addition, be sure to follow
four-pin connector using terminal grease. the instructions for proper installation and
use provided by the trailer or caravan’s
manufacturer.
SUBARU assumes no responsibility for
injuries or vehicle damage that result from
trailer towing equipment, or from any
errors or omissions in the instructions
accompanying such equipment or for your
failure to follow the proper instructions.
1) Hitch harness connector Regularly check that the hitch mounting
8. Connect the hitch wire harness’s black bolts and nuts are tightened securely.
four-pin wire connector to the towing
trailer’s wire harness.
& Warranties and maintenance & Maximum load limits ! Total trailer weight
S08AL01 S08AL02 S08AL0201
SUBARU warranties do not apply to
vehicle damage or malfunction caused by WARNING
trailer towing. If you use your vehicle to tow
a trailer, more frequent maintenance will Never exceed the maximum load
be required due to the additional load. limits explained in the following.
(Refer to “Maintenance schedule under Exceeding the maximum load limits
severe driving conditions” in the “Warranty could cause personal injury and/or
and Maintenance Booklet”.) vehicle damage.
Under no circumstances should a trailer be
towed with a new vehicle or a vehicle with CAUTION
any new powertrain component (engine,
transmission, differential, wheel bearings, . Adequate size trailer brakes are
etc.) for the first 1,000 miles (1,600 km) of required when the trailer and its
driving. Total trailer weight
cargo exceed 1,000 lbs (453 kg)
total weight. The total trailer weight (trailer weight plus
. Before towing a trailer, check the its cargo load) must never exceed the 8
trailer total weight, GVW, GAWs maximum total trailer weight in the follow-
and tongue load. Make sure the ing table.
load and its distribution in your
vehicle and trailer are acceptable.
– CONTINUED –
Certification label
GVWR of your vehicle that is given by
SUBARU is shown on the certification Gross Axle Weight
label located at the bottom of driver’s side The total weight applied to each axle Tongue load 8
door pillar of your vehicle. (GAW) must never exceed the Gross Axle Ensure that the trailer tongue load is from 8
Weight Rating (GAWR). The front and rear to 11 percent of the total trailer weight and
GAWs can be adjusted by relocating does not exceed the maximum value of
passengers and luggage inside the vehi- 200 lbs (90 kg).
cle. The front and rear GAWR of your
vehicle that is given by SUBARU are also
shown on the certification label located at
the bottom of driver’s side door pillar.
To check both GVWR and GAWR and to
confirm that the total weight and weight
distribution are within safe driving limits,
you should have your vehicle and trailer
weighed at a commercial weighing station.
Be sure that all cargo is firmly secured to
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
Never drill the frame or under-body
of your vehicle to install a commer-
1) Jack F: Front cial trailer hitch. If you do, danger-
2) Bathroom scale ous exhaust gas, water or mud may
The tongue load can be adjusted by proper
The tongue load can be weighed with a distribution of the load in the trailer. Never enter the passenger compartment
bathroom scale as shown in the illustration load the trailer with more weight in the through the drilled hole. Exhaust
above. When weighing the tongue load, be back than in the front; approximately 60 gas contains carbon monoxide, a
sure to position the towing coupler at the percent of the trailer load should be in the colorless and odorless gas which is
height at which it would be during actual front and approximately 40 percent in the dangerous, or even lethal, if inhaled.
towing, using a jack as shown. rear. Also, distribute the load as evenly as Also, drilling the frame or under-
possible on both the left and right sides. body of your vehicle could cause
deterioration of strength of your
Be sure that all cargo is firmly secured to vehicle and cause corrosion around
prevent a change in weight distribution the drilled hole.
while driving.
WARNING CAUTION
If the trailer is loaded with more . Do not modify the vehicle ex-
weight in the back of trailer’s axle haust system, brake system, or
than in the front, the load is taken off other systems when installing a
the rear axle of the towing vehicle. hitch or other trailer towing
! Outside mirrors Connection of trailer lights to your vehicle’s In the event your vehicle gets a flat tire
S08AL0403
electrical system requires modifications to when towing a trailer, ask a commercial
the vehicle’s lighting circuit to increase its road service representative or profes-
capacity and accommodate wiring sional to repair the flat tire.
changes. To ensure the trailer lights are
connected properly, please consult your If you carry a regular size spare tire in your
SUBARU dealer. Check for proper opera- vehicle or trailer as a precaution against
tion of the turn signals and the brake lights getting a flat tire, be sure that the spare tire
each time you connect a trailer to your is firmly secured.
vehicle.
& Trailer towing tips
! Tires S08AL05
S08AL0405
CAUTION
WARNING
. For models equipped with the
After hitching a trailer to your vehicle, Never tow a trailer when the tempor- BSD (Blind Spot Detection) and
check that the standard outside mirrors ary spare tire is used. The temporary RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)
provide a good rearward field of view spare tire is not designed to sustain driving support systems, when
without significant blind spots. If significant the towing load. Use of the tempor- towing a trailer, press the BSD/
blind spots occur with the vehicle’s stan- ary spare tire when towing can result RCTA OFF switch to deactivate
dard outside mirrors, use towing mirrors in failure of the spare tire and/or less the system. The system may not
that conform with Federal, state/province stability of the vehicle. operate properly due to the
and/or other applicable regulations. blocked radar waves. For details
Make sure that all the tires on your vehicle about the BSD/RCTA OFF switch,
! Trailer lights are properly inflated. Refer to “Tires” F12-
S08AL0404 refer to “BSD/RCTA OFF switch”
8. F7-59.
CAUTION
Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and . For models equipped with the
Direct splicing or other improper proper inflation pressure should be in RAB (Reverse Automatic Brak-
connection of trailer lights may accordance with the trailer manufacturer’s ing) system:
damage your vehicle’s electrical specifications. Also check federal, state, we recommend that you consult
system and cause a malfunction of province and/or other applicable regula- your SUBARU dealer to deacti-
your vehicle’s lighting system. tions. vate the system when towing a
trailer. hitch mounting are in good condition. If any before starting out on a trip. In an area free
. Never exceed 45 mph (72 km/h) problems are apparent, do not tow the of traffic, practice turning, stopping and
when towing a trailer in hilly trailer. backing up.
country on hot days. . Check that the vehicle rests horizon- ! Driving with a trailer
tally with the trailer attached. If the vehicle S08AL0502
. When towing a trailer, steering, . You should allow for considerably more
is tipped sharply up at the front and down
stability, stopping distance and stopping distance when towing a trailer.
at the rear, check the total trailer weight,
braking performance will be dif- Avoid sudden braking because it may
GVW, GAWs and tongue load again, then
ferent when compared to normal result in skidding or jackknifing and loss
confirm that the load and its distribution are
operation. For safety’s sake, you of control.
acceptable.
should employ extra caution . Avoid abrupt starts and sudden accel-
when towing a trailer and you . Check that the tire rating and pressures
erations. If your vehicle has a manual
should never drive at excessive are correct.
transmission, always start out in first gear
speeds. You should also keep the . Check that the vehicle and trailer are and release the clutch at moderate engine
following tips in mind: connected properly. Confirm that: revolution.
. The braking power of the parking – the trailer tongue is connected . Avoid uneven steering, sharp turns and
brake may not be sufficient when properly to the hitch ball. rapid lane changes.
stronger braking power is – the trailer lights connector is con-
. Slow down before turning. Make a
8
needed (e.g., when parking on a nected properly and trailer’s brake
longer than normal turning radius because
steep slope while towing a trai- lights illuminate when the vehicle’s
the trailer wheels will be closer than the
ler). brake pedal is pressed, and that the
vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. In a
trailer’s turn signal lights flash when
tight turn, the trailer could hit your vehicle.
the vehicle’s turn signal lever is oper-
! Before starting out on a trip ated. . Crosswinds will adversely affect the
S08AL0501
. Check the towing regulations for trailer handling of your vehicle and trailer, caus-
– the safety chains are connected
or caravan vehicles that vary by state/ ing sway. Crosswinds can be due to
properly.
region. Failure to comply with the proce- weather conditions or the passing of large
– all cargo in the trailer is secured trucks or buses. If swaying occurs, firmly
dures set forth will not only compromise safely in position.
your safety, but will also negate your grip the steering wheel and promptly begin
– the outside mirrors provide a good decelerating your vehicle at a gradual
insurance coverage and/or may violate rearward field of view without a sig-
the state road and traffic acts and regula- pace.
nificant blind spot.
tions. . When passing other vehicles, consider-
. Sufficient time should be taken to learn able distance is required because of the
. Check that the vehicle and vehicle-to- the “feel” of the vehicle/trailer combination
– CONTINUED –
added weight and length caused by To reverse around a corner, perform the : Coolant temperature high warning light
attaching the trailer to your vehicle. following procedure.
: AT OIL TEMP warning light
. Reversing the vehicle with a trailer can 1. Reverse slowly and steer in the oppo- (CVT models)
be difficult and requires experience. Never site direction to the way you want to turn.
accelerate or steer rapidly, and grip the 2. Once the trailer begins to swing If the coolant temperature high warning
bottom of the steering wheel with one around, straighten the steering wheel. light and/or the AT OIL TEMP warning light
hand. 3. Turn the wheel in the opposite direc- illuminates, immediately turn off the air
tion. conditioner and stop the vehicle in the
4. Steer the vehicle around to be in line nearest safe location. For further instruc-
with the trailer, then straighten the steering tions and additional information, refer to
again. the following sections.
– “If you park your vehicle in case of
. If the ABS warning light illuminates an emergency” F9-2
while the vehicle is in motion, stop towing – “Engine overheating” F9-12
the trailer and have repairs performed – “Coolant temperature low indicator
immediately by your nearest SUBARU light/Coolant temperature high warn-
dealer. ing light” F3-16
! Driving on grades – “AT OIL TEMP warning light (CVT
S08AL0503
. Before going down a steep hill, slow models)” F3-18
down and shift into lower gear (if neces- . For CVT models, avoid using the
sary, use 1st gear) in order to utilize the accelerator pedal to stay stationary on an
engine braking effect and prevent over- uphill slope instead of using the parking
heating of your vehicle’s brakes. Do not brake or foot brake. That may cause the
make sudden downshifts. transmission fluid to overheat.
. When driving uphill in hot weather, the
air conditioner may turn off automatically
to protect the engine from overheating.
. When driving uphill in hot weather, pay
attention to the following indicators be-
cause the engine and transmission are
relatively prone to overheating.
! Parking on a grade
S08AL0504
Always block the wheels under both
vehicle and trailer when parking. Apply
the parking brake firmly. You should not
park on a hill or slope. If parking on a hill or
slope cannot be avoided, you should take
the following steps:
1. Apply the brakes and hold the pedal
down.
2. Have someone place wheel blocks
under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
release the regular brakes slowly until the
blocks absorb the load.
4. Apply the regular brakes and then
apply the parking brake; slowly release
the regular brakes.
8
5. Shift into 1st or reverse gear (MT
models) or “P” position (CVT models)
and shut off the engine.
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(369,1)
In case of emergency
If you park your vehicle in case of an If no steam is coming from the engine
S09
emergency ............................................................ 9-2 compartment ..................................................... 9-12
Temporary spare tire .............................................. 9-2 Towing ................................................................... 9-13
Towing hooks and tie-down hooks/holes............... 9-13
Maintenance tools................................................... 9-3
Using a flat-bed truck ........................................... 9-16
Tool locations ........................................................ 9-3
Towing with all wheels on the ground ................... 9-16
Using the jack........................................................ 9-4
Flat tires................................................................... 9-5 Access key fob – if access key fob does not
operate properly ................................................ 9-17
Changing a flat tire ................................................ 9-5
Locking and unlocking ......................................... 9-17
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
(U.S.-spec. models) .............................................. 9-8 Switching power status ........................................ 9-18
Starting engine ..................................................... 9-18
Jump starting .......................................................... 9-9
How to jump start ................................................. 9-10 Rear gate – if the rear gate cannot be
opened................................................................ 9-19
Engine overheating............................................... 9-12
If steam is coming from the engine Moonroof (if equipped) – if the moonroof
compartment ...................................................... 9-12 does not close ................................................... 9-20
If your vehicle is involved in an accident........... 9-20
A jack handle is stored under the cargo & Using the jack
area. A jack and a towing hook are stored S09AH14
in the tool bucket that is located in the 1. Park on a hard, level surface, when-
recess of the spare tire wheel. ever possible, then stop the engine.
2. Apply the parking brake securely and
Also, a tool bag that contains a wheel nut shift the shift lever in reverse (MT models)
wrench and a screwdriver is equipped with or the select lever to the “P” (Park) position
the vehicle. Open the tool bag and store (CVT models).
the tools in the tool bucket as illustrated in 3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher and
order that all tools are ready for use at any have everyone get out of the vehicle.
time.
1) Tool bucket
2) Spare tire
Flat tires
S09AC
WARNING
dent. NOTE
Make sure that the jack is well lubri-
1. Park on a hard, level surface, when-
cated before using it.
ever possible, then stop the engine.
2. Apply the parking brake securely and
shift the shift lever in reverse (MT models)
or the select lever to the “P” (Park) position
(CVT models).
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher and
have everyone get out of the vehicle.
10. Remove the wheel nuts and the flat wheel nuts. Tighten them by hand.
tire.
WARNING
Do not use oil or grease on the wheel
studs or nuts when the spare tire is
installed. This could cause the nuts
to become loose and lead to an
accident.
– CONTINUED –
on the wrench because you may exceed WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system will
the specified torque. Have the wheel nut activate only when the vehicle is driven.
torque checked at the nearest automotive Never place a tire or tire changing Also, this system may not react immedi-
service facility. tools in the passenger compartment ately to a sudden drop in tire pressure (for
after changing wheels. In a sudden example, a blow-out caused running over
stop or collision, loose equipment a sharp object).
could strike occupants and cause
injury. Store the tire and all tools in WARNING
the proper place.
. If the low tire pressure warning
light illuminates while driving,
& Tire pressure monitoring never brake suddenly. Instead,
system (TPMS) (U.S.-spec. perform the following procedure.
models) (1) Keep driving straight ahead
S09AC02
while gradually reducing
speed.
(2) Slowly pull off the road to a
1) Support holder safe place. Otherwise an acci-
dent involving serious vehicle
15. Store the flat tire in the spare tire
damage and serious personal
compartment. Install with the support
injury could occur.
holder facing upward and secure the flat
tire by firmly tightening the attaching bolt. (3) Check the pressure for all four
tires and adjust the pressure
NOTE to the COLD tire pressure
If you cannot fix the flat tire firmly, try shown on the vehicle placard
turning the support holder upside on the door pillar on the
down. driver’s side.
The tire pressure monitoring system pro-
16. Store the jack, jack handle and wheel If this light still illuminates while
vides the driver with the warning message
nut wrench in their storage locations. driving after adjusting the tire
indicated by sending a signal from a
pressure, a tire may have signifi-
sensor that is installed in each wheel when
cant damage and a fast leak that
tire pressure is severely low.
causes the tire to lose air rapidly.
If you have a flat tire, replace it one minute, promptly contact a Jump starting
with a spare tire as soon as SUBARU dealer to have the sys- S09AD
possible. tem inspected.
. When a spare tire is mounted or a WARNING
wheel rim is replaced without the . Battery fluid is SULFURIC ACID.
original pressure sensor/trans- Do not let it come in contact with
mitter being transferred, the low the eyes, skin, clothing or the
tire pressure warning light will vehicle.
illuminate steadily after blinking
for approximately one minute. If battery fluid gets on you, thor-
This indicates the TPMS is unable oughly flush the exposed area
to monitor all four road wheels. with water immediately. Get med-
Contact your SUBARU dealer as ical help if the fluid has entered
soon as possible for tire and your eyes.
sensor replacement and/or sys- If battery fluid is accidentally
tem resetting. swallowed, immediately drink a
. When a tire is repaired with liquid large amount of milk or water,
sealant, the tire pressure warning and obtain immediate medical
valve and transmitter may not help. 9
operate properly. If a liquid sea- Keep everyone including chil-
lant is used, contact your nearest dren away from the battery.
SUBARU dealer or other qualified . The gas generated by a battery
service shop as soon as possi- explodes if a flame or spark is
ble. Make sure to replace the tire brought near it. Do not smoke or
pressure warning valve and light a match while jump starting.
transmitter when replacing the
tire. You may reuse the wheel if . Never attempt jump starting if the
there is no damage to it and if the discharged battery is frozen. It
sealant residue is properly could cause the battery to burst
cleaned off. or explode.
If the light illuminates steadily . Whenever working on or around a
after blinking for approximately battery, always wear suitable eye
– CONTINUED –
A) Booster battery
B) Strut mounting nut
Engine overheating & If no steam is coming from the If you remove the radiator cap from a hot
S09AE engine compartment radiator, first wrap a thick cloth around the
S09AE02 radiator cap, then turn the cap counter-
WARNING 1. Keep the engine running at idling clockwise slowly without pressing down
speed. until it stops. Release the pressure from
Never attempt to remove the radiator 2. Open the engine hood to ventilate the the radiator. After the pressure has been
cap until the engine has been shut engine compartment. Refer to “Engine fully released, remove the cap by pressing
off and has fully cooled down. When hood” F11-5. down and turning it.
the engine is hot, the coolant is Confirm that the cooling fan is turning. If
under pressure. Removing the cap the fan is not turning, immediately turn off
while the engine is still hot could the engine and contact an authorized
release a spray of boiling hot cool- SUBARU dealer for repair.
ant, which could burn you very 3. After the coolant temperature high
seriously. warning light that has blinked or illumi-
nated in RED turns off, turn off the engine.
If the engine overheats, safely pull off the For details about the warning light, refer to
road and stop the vehicle in a safe “Coolant temperature low indicator light/
location. Coolant temperature high warning light”
F3-16.
& If steam is coming from the 4. After the engine has fully cooled down,
engine compartment check the coolant level in the reserve tank.
S09AE01
. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”/ If the coolant level is below the “LOW”
“OFF” position and get everyone away mark, add coolant up to the “FULL” mark.
from the vehicle until it cools down. NOTE
. Contact an authorized SUBARU deal- For details about how to check the
er. coolant level or how to add coolant,
refer to “Engine coolant” F11-11.
5. If there is no coolant in the reserve
tank, add coolant to the reserve tank. Then
remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator
with coolant.
Towing & Towing hooks and tie-down with vinyl tape or cloth so that it will not
S09AF hooks/holes scratch the bumper. Insert the flat-head
S09AF01 screwdriver into the cutout of the cover and
If towing is necessary, it is best done by The towing hook should be used only in an pry open the cover.
your SUBARU dealer or a commercial emergency.
towing service. Observe the following
procedures for safety. CAUTION
Use only the specified towing hooks
and tie-down hooks/holes. Never
use suspension parts or other parts
of the body for towing or tie-down
purposes.
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
. Do not use the towing hook
except when towing your vehicle.
. Be sure to remove the towing
hook after towing. Leaving the
towing hook mounted on the
vehicle could interfere with prop- 3. Screw the towing hook into the thread
er operation of the SRS airbag hole until its thread can no longer be seen.
system in a frontal collision.
the vehicle and stow it in the tool bucket. ! Front tie-down hooks ! Rear tie-down holes
S09AF0106 S09AF0107
Fit the towing hook cover on the bumper.
WARNING
. Do not use the towing hook
except when towing your vehicle.
. Be sure to remove the towing
hook after towing. Leaving the
towing hook mounted on the
vehicle could interfere with prop-
er operation of the fuel pump
shut off function when the vehi-
cle is struck from behind.
The front tie-down hooks are located
between each of the front tires and the
CAUTION front bumper.
To prevent deformation to the bum-
per and the towing hook, do not 9
apply excessive load to the towing
hook.
plugs. After using the rear tie-down holes, 2. Pull up the parking brake lever firmly. & Towing with all wheels on the
return the plugs to their original places. 3. Secure the vehicle onto the carrier ground
properly with safety chains. Each safety S09AF03
WARNING
This is the best way to transport your
vehicle. Use the following procedures to . Never turn the ignition switch to
ensure safe transportation. the “LOCK”/“OFF” position while
1. Shift the select lever into the “P” the vehicle is being towed be-
position for CVT models. Shift the shift cause the steering wheel and the
lever into the “1st” position for MT models. direction of the wheels will be
In case of emergency/Access key fob – if access key fob does not operate properly 9-17
locked. Access key fob – if access key & Locking and unlocking
S09AP01
. Remember that the brake booster fob does not operate properly
and power steering do not func- S09AP
tion when the engine is not run-
ning. Because the engine is CAUTION
turned off, it will take greater
effort to operate the brake pedal Keep metallic objects, magnetic
and steering wheel. sources and signal transmitters
away from the area between the
access key fob and the push-button
CAUTION ignition switch. They may interfere
with the communication between
. If transmission failure occurs, the access key fob and the push-
transport your vehicle on a flat- button ignition switch.
bed truck. 1) Release button
. For CVT models, the traveling The following functions may be inoperable 2) Emergency key
speed must be limited to less because of strong radio signals in the
While pressing the release button of the
than 20 mph (32 km/h) and the surrounding area or a low battery condition
access key fob, take out the emergency
traveling distance to less than 31 of the access key fob.
miles (50 km). For greater speeds
key. 9
. Locking/unlocking doors (including the
and distances, transport your Lock or unlock the driver’s door with the
rear gate)
vehicle on a flat-bed truck. emergency key in the procedure described
. Switching power status in “Locking and unlocking from the out-
. Starting engine side” F2-21.
In such cases, perform the following NOTE
procedure. When the battery of the access After locking or unlocking, be sure to
key fob is discharged, replace it with a new attach the emergency key back to the
one. Refer to “Replacing battery of access access key fob.
key fob” F11-44.
– CONTINUED –
9-18 In case of emergency/Access key fob – if access key fob does not operate properly
& Switching power status . When the keyless access with push- & Starting engine
S09AP02 button start system is deactivated: S09AP03
1. Apply the parking brake. “ACC” 1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Shift the shift lever to neutral (MT . Under other conditions: “ON” 2. Shift the shift lever to neutral (MT
models) or the select lever to the “P” models) or the select lever to the “P”
5. When the keyless access with push-
(Park) position (CVT models). (Park) position (CVT models).
button start system is deactivated, press
3. Depress the clutch pedal (MT models) the push-button ignition switch with the 3. Depress the brake pedal.
or the brake pedal (CVT models). clutch pedal (MT models) or the brake 4. Depress the clutch pedal (MT models).
pedal (CVT models) released. The status
of the push-button ignition switch then
changes to “ON”.
NOTE
If the power does not switch even
though the above procedure was fol-
lowed precisely, contact your SUBARU
dealer.
4. Hold the access key fob with the 5. Hold the access key fob with the
buttons facing you, and touch the push- buttons facing you, and touch the push-
button ignition switch with it. button ignition switch with it.
When the communication between the When the communication between the
access key fob and the vehicle is com- access key fob and the vehicle is com-
pleted, a chime (ding) will sound. At the pleted, a chime (ding) will sound. At the
same time, the status of the push-button same time, the push-button ignition switch
ignition switch changes to either of the turns to the “ACC” or “ON” position.
following. 6. After the push-button ignition switch
turns to the “ACC” or “ON” position, while
depressing the brake pedal (all models)
and the clutch pedal (MT models), press Rear gate – if the rear gate CAUTION
the push-button ignition switch.
cannot be opened
S09AG
Never operate the rear gate open
NOTE lever with fingers because doing so
In the event that you cannot open the rear may cause an injury. Always use a
If the engine does not start even though gate by operating the rear gate opener
the above procedure was followed flat-head screwdriver or a similar
button, you can open it from inside the tool.
precisely, contact your SUBARU dealer. cargo area.
9
1. Remove the access cover at the 3. To open the rear gate, turn the lever to
bottom-center of the rear gate trim using the right position using a flat-head screw-
a flat-head screwdriver wrapped with vinyl driver or a similar tool.
tape or a cloth.
2. Locate the rear gate open lever behind
the rear gate trim panel.
Moonroof (if equipped) – if the If your vehicle is involved in Models without “keyless access with
push-button start system”:
moonroof does not close an accident
S09AJ S09AR
1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”
or “ACC” position.
If the moonroof does not close, we
recommend that you have the system
CAUTION 2. Restart the engine.
checked by a SUBARU dealer.
If your vehicle is involved in an Models with “keyless access with
accident, be sure to inspect the push-button start system”:
ground under the vehicle before 1. Turn the push-button ignition switch to
restarting the engine. If you find that the “ACC” or “OFF” position.
fuel has leaked on the ground, do 2. Restart the engine.
not try to restart the engine. The fuel
system has been damaged and is in
need of repair. Immediately contact
the nearest automotive service facil-
ity. We recommend that you consult
your SUBARU dealer.
Appearance care
Exterior care.......................................................... 10-2 Cleaning the interior............................................. 10-5
S10
Washing ............................................................... 10-2 Seat fabric ............................................................ 10-5
Waxing and polishing............................................ 10-3 Leather seat materials .......................................... 10-6
Cleaning alloy wheels ........................................... 10-4 Synthetic leather upholstery ................................. 10-6
Corrosion protection ............................................ 10-4 Seatbelt ................................................................ 10-6
Most common causes of corrosion ....................... 10-4 Climate control panel, audio panel, instrument
To help prevent corrosion ..................................... 10-5 panel, console panel, and switches.................... 10-6
Monitor................................................................. 10-7
10
Exterior care the cover surface may be da- to scratch the camera lens. Do not use a
S10AA maged. washing brush directly on the camera
& Washing . Since your vehicle is equipped lens. The image quality of the rear view
S10AA01
with a rear wiper, automatic car- camera may deteriorate.
CAUTION wash brushes could become The best way to preserve your vehicle’s
tangled around it, damaging the beauty is frequent washing. Wash the
. When washing the vehicle, the wiper arm and other compo- vehicle at least once a month to avoid
brakes may get wet. As a result, nents. Ask the automatic car- contamination by road grime.
the brake stopping distance will wash operator not to let the
be longer. To dry the brakes, drive brushes touch the wiper arm or Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty
the vehicle at a safe speed while to fix the wiper arm on the rear of lukewarm or cold water. Do not wash the
lightly depressing the brake ped- window glass with adhesive tape vehicle with hot water and in direct sun-
al to heat up the brakes. before operating the machine. light.
. Do not wash the engine compart- . For models with a rod-type roof Salt, chemicals, insects, tar, soot, tree sap,
ment and area adjacent to it. If antenna, remove the antenna rod and bird droppings should be washed off
water enters the engine air intake before washing your car at a car by using a light detergent, as required. If
or electrical parts, it will cause wash. If the antenna rod remains you use a light detergent, make certain
engine trouble or a malfunction attached, it may scratch the roof. that it is a neutral detergent. Do not use
of electrical equipment. When reinstalling the removed strong soap or chemical detergents. All
. When washing inner fenders, un- antenna rod, be sure to fully cleaning agents should be promptly
derbody, bumpers and protrud- tighten it. flushed from the surface and not allowed
ing objects such as exhaust to dry there. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly
pipes and exhaust finishers, be with plenty of lukewarm water. Wipe the
careful to prevent injuries from NOTE remaining water off with a chamois or soft
contacting sharp ends. . When having your vehicle washed in cloth. Wear rubber gloves and use a hand
an automatic car wash, make sure brush when washing down underbody,
. Do not use any organic solvents
beforehand that the car wash is of inner fenders and suspension to effec-
when washing the surface of the
suitable type. tively remove mud and dirt off.
bulb assembly cover. However, if
a detergent with organic solvents . The rear view camera lens has a hard
is used to wash the cover sur- coating to help prevent scratches.
face, completely rinse off the However, when washing the vehicle or
detergent with water. Otherwise, cleaning the camera lens, be careful not
coat. When in doubt, it is always best to & Cleaning alloy wheels Corrosion protection
contact your SUBARU dealer or an auto S10AA04
. Promptly wipe the alloy wheels clean of S10AB
paint specialist. any kind of grime or agent. If dirt is left on Your SUBARU has been designed and
too long, it may be difficult to clean off. built to resist corrosion. Special materials
CAUTION
. Do not use soap containing grit to clean and protective finishes have been used on
Do not use any agents with organic the wheels. Be sure to use a neutral most parts of the vehicle to help maintain
solvents on the surface of the bulb cleaning agent, and later rinse thoroughly fine appearance, strength, and reliable
assembly cover. However, if a polish with water. Do not clean the wheels with a operation.
or wax with organic solvents is stiff brush or expose them to a high-speed
applied to the cover surface, com- washing device. & Most common causes of cor-
pletely wipe off the polish or wax. . Clean the vehicle (including the alloy rosion
S10AB01
Otherwise, the cover surface may be wheels) with water as soon as possible The most common causes of corrosion
damaged. when it has been splashed with sea water, are:
exposed to sea breezes, or driven on
. The accumulation of moisture retaining
roads treated with salt or other agents.
NOTE dirt and debris in body panel sections,
. Be careful not to block the wind- cavities, and other areas.
shield washer nozzles with wax when . Damage to paint and other protective
waxing the vehicle. coatings caused by gravel and stone chips
. Do not wipe the rear view camera or minor accidents.
with alcohol, benzine or paint thinner. Corrosion is accelerated on the vehicle
Otherwise, discoloration may occur. To when:
remove contamination, wipe the cam-
era with a cloth moistened with diluted . It is exposed to road salt or dust control
neutral detergent and then wipe it with a chemicals, or used in coastal areas where
soft, dry cloth. there is more salt in the air, or in areas
. When waxing the vehicle, be careful where there is considerable industrial
not to apply the wax to the rear view pollution.
camera. If it comes in contact with the . It is driven in areas of high humidity,
camera, moisten a clean cloth with especially when temperatures range just
diluted neutral detergent to remove above freezing.
the wax. . Dampness in certain parts of the
vehicle remains for a long time, even assistance. Cleaning the interior
though other parts of the vehicle may be S10AC
dry. Repair chips and scratches in the paint as
soon as you find them. Use a soft, damp cloth to clean the climate
. High temperatures will cause corrosion control panel, audio equipment, instru-
to parts of the vehicle which cannot dry Check the interior of the vehicle for water ment panel, center console, combination
quickly due to lack of proper ventilation. and dirt accumulation under the floor mats meter panel, and switches. (Do not use
because that could cause corrosion. Oc- organic solvents.)
& To help prevent corrosion casionally check under the mats to make
S10AB02
Wash the vehicle regularly to prevent sure the area is dry. CAUTION
corrosion of the body and suspension Keep your garage dry. Do not park your
components. Also, wash the vehicle vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated gar- Do not use sharp instruments or
promptly after driving on any of the age. In such a garage, corrosion can be window cleaner containing abra-
following surfaces. caused by dampness. If you wash the sives to clean the inner surface of
vehicle in the garage or put the vehicle into the rear window. They may damage
. roads that have been salted to prevent
the garage when wet or covered with the conductors printed on the win-
them from freezing in winter
snow, that can cause dampness. dow.
. mud, sand, or gravel
. coastal roads If your vehicle is operated in cold weather
and/or in areas where road salts and other & Seat fabric
After the winter has ended, it is recom- corrosive materials are used, the door S10AC01
mended that the underbody be given a hinges and locks, rear gate lock, and hood Remove loose dirt, dust or debris with a
very thorough washing. latch should be inspected and lubricated vacuum cleaner. If the dirt is caked on the
fabric or hard to remove with a vacuum 10
Before the beginning of winter, check the periodically.
cleaner, use a soft brush then vacuum it.
condition of underbody components, such Wipe the fabric surface with a tightly wrung
as the exhaust system, fuel and brake cloth and dry the seat fabric thoroughly. If
lines, brake cables, suspension, steering the fabric is still dirty, wipe using a solution
system, floor pan, and fenders. If any of of mild soap and lukewarm water then dry
them are found to be rusted, they should thoroughly.
be given an appropriate rust prevention
treatment or should be replaced. Contact If the stain does not come out, try a
your SUBARU dealer to perform this kind commercially-available fabric cleaner.
of maintenance and treatment if you need Use the cleaner on a hidden place and
– CONTINUED –
make sure it does not affect the fabric covered, or the windows shaded, to pre- & Seatbelt
adversely. Use the cleaner according to its vent fading or shrinkage. S10AC09
For details about how to clean the seatbelt,
instructions. Minor surface blemishes or bald patches refer to “Seatbelt maintenance” F1-20.
may be treated with a commercial leather
CAUTION spray lacquer. You will discover that each & Climate control panel, audio
leather seat section will develop soft folds
When cleaning the seat, do not use
or wrinkles, which is characteristic of
panel, instrument panel, con-
benzine, paint thinner, or any similar
genuine leather. sole panel, and switches
materials. Doing so could damage S10AC04
Use a soft, damp cloth to clean the climate
the surface and cause the color to control panel, audio equipment, instru-
deteriorate. & Synthetic leather upholstery
S10AC03 ment panel, center console, combination
The synthetic leather material used on the
meter panel, and switches.
SUBARU may be cleaned using mild soap
& Leather seat materials or detergent and water, after first vacuum- CAUTION
S10AC02 ing or brushing away loose dirt. Allow the
The leather used by SUBARU is a high
soap to soak in for a few minutes and wipe . Do not use organic solvents such
quality natural product which will retain its
off with a clean, damp cloth. Commercial as paint thinners or fuel, or
distinctive appearance and feel for many
foam-type cleaners suitable for synthetic strong cleaning agents that con-
years with proper care.
leather materials may be used when tain those solvents. Doing so
Allowing dust or road dirt to build up on the necessary. could damage the surface and
surface can cause the material to become
cause the color to deteriorate.
brittle and to wear prematurely. Regular CAUTION
cleaning with a soft, moist, natural fiber . Do not use chemical solvents that
cloth should be performed monthly, taking Strong cleaning agents such as contain silicone on the vehicle
care not to soak the leather or allow water solvents, paint thinners, window audio system, electrical compo-
to penetrate the stitched seams. cleaner or fuel must never be used nents of the air-conditioner or
A mild detergent suitable for cleaning on leather or synthetic interior ma- any switches. If silicone adheres
woolen fabrics may be used to remove terials. Doing so could damage the to these parts, it may cause
difficult dirt spots, rubbing with a soft, dry surface and cause the color to damage to electrical compo-
cloth afterwards to restore the luster. If deteriorate. nents.
your SUBARU is to be parked for a long
time in bright sunlight, it is recommended
that the seats and head restraints be
& Monitor
S10AC05
To clean the audio/navigation/multi func-
tion display monitor, wipe it with a silicone
cloth or with a soft cloth. If the monitor is
extremely dirty, clean it with a soft cloth
moistened with neutral detergent then
carefully wipe off any remaining detergent.
CAUTION
. Do not spray neutral detergent
directly onto the monitor. Doing
so could damage the monitor’s
components.
. Do not wipe the monitor with a
hard cloth. Doing so could
scratch the monitor.
. Do not use cleaning fluid that
contains thinner, fuel, or any
other volatile substance. Such
cleaning fluid could erase the 10
lettering on the switches at the
bottom of the monitor.
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(399,1)
erative. NEVER use a circuit tes- when the engine is running and remote engine start system (a
ter for this wiring. If your SRS remain hot for some time after the dealer option), temporarily place
airbag or seatbelt pretensioner engine has stopped. the remote engine start system in
needs service, consult your near- . Do not spill engine oil, engine service mode to prevent it from
est SUBARU dealer. coolant, brake fluid or any other unexpectedly starting the engine.
fluid on hot engine components.
NOTE This may cause a fire.
. When the ignition switch is in the
& When checking or servicing
SUBARU does not endorse the use of in the engine compartment
non-SUBARU approved flushing sys- “ON” position, the cooling fan S11AB03
tems and strongly advises against may operate suddenly even when
performing these services on a the engine is stopped. If your
SUBARU vehicle. Non-SUBARU ap- body or clothes come into con-
proved flushing systems use chemi- tact with a rotating fan, that could
cals and/or solvents which have not result in serious injury. To avoid
been tested or approved by SUBARU. risk of injury, perform the follow-
SUBARU warranties do not cover any ing precautions.
part of the vehicle which is damaged by – Models with push-button start
adding or applying chemicals and/or system:
solvents other than those approved or Always turn the push-button
recommended by SUBARU. ignition switch to the “OFF”
position and confirm that the
& Before checking or servicing operation indicator on the
switch is turned off. Then take
in the engine compartment the access key fob out from CAUTION
S11AB01
the vehicle. . Do not contact the drive belt
WARNING
– Models without push-button cover while checking the compo-
. Always stop the engine and apply start system: nents in the engine compartment.
the parking brake firmly to pre- Always remove the key from Doing so may cause your hand to
vent the vehicle from moving. the ignition switch. slip off the cover and result in an
. Always let the engine cool down. . Before performing any servicing unexpected injury.
Engine parts become very hot on a vehicle equipped with a . Do not touch the oil filter until the
engine has cooled down comple- Engine hood To open the hood:
tely. Doing so may result in a burn S11AC 1. If the wiper blades are lifted off the
or other injury. Note that the oil windshield, return them to their original
filter becomes very hot when the CAUTION position.
engine is running and remains
hot for some time after the engine . When you open the engine hood,
has stopped. do not stand the wiper blades up.
Furthermore, while the hood is
open, do not operate the wind-
& When checking or servicing shield wipers. Doing so could
result in damage to the engine
in the engine compartment hood and wiper blades.
while the engine is running
S11AB02 . Be extremely careful not to catch
fingers or other objects when
WARNING
closing the engine hood.
A running engine can be dangerous. . Do not push the hood forcibly to
Keep your fingers, hands, clothing, close it. It could deform the metal.
hair and tools away from the cooling . Be extremely careful opening the 2. Pull the hood release knob under the
fan, drive belt and any other moving engine hood when the wind is instrument panel.
engine parts. Removing rings, strong. The engine hood could
watches and ties is advisable. close suddenly, possibly causing
injuries from slamming.
. Do not install accessories other
than genuine SUBARU parts to
11
the engine hood. If the engine
hood becomes too heavy, the
stay may not be able to support
holding it open.
– CONTINUED –
11
CAUTION judged by the lowest of the two levels. If . The engine low oil level warning light
the oil level is below the low level mark, may stay illuminated when the engine
If the level gauge cannot be pulled add oil so that the full level is reached. is started straight after topping up or
out easily, twist the level gauge right changing the engine oil. In such cases,
and left, then gently pull it out. park the vehicle on a level surface and
CAUTION wait for more than a minute until the oil
Otherwise, you may be injured acci-
dentally straining yourself. . Be careful not to touch the engine level settles, after which the warning
oil filter when removing the oil light will turn off. Refer to “Engine low
2. Pull out the level gauge, wipe it clean, filler cap. Doing so may result in a oil level warning light” F3-18.
and insert it again. burn, a pinched finger, or may
cause some other injury.
& Changing the oil and oil filter
3. Be sure the level gauge is correctly S11AE02
inserted until it stops. . Use only engine oil with the Change the oil and oil filter according to
recommended grade and vis- the maintenance schedule in the “War-
cosity. ranty and Maintenance Booklet”.
The engine oil and oil filter must be
. Be careful not to spill engine oil changed more frequently than listed in
when adding it. If oil touches the the maintenance schedule when driving
exhaust pipe, it may cause a bad on dusty roads, when short trips are
smell, smoke, and/or a fire. If frequently made, or when driving in ex-
engine oil gets on the exhaust tremely cold weather.
pipe, be sure to wipe it off.
NOTE
To add engine oil, remove the engine oil . Changing the engine oil and oil filter
filler cap and slowly pour engine oil
through the filler neck. After pouring oil
should be performed by a well-trained 11
expert. Contact your SUBARU dealer
into the engine, you must use the level for changing the engine oil and oil filter.
1) Full level gauge to confirm that the oil level is
2) Low level Fully trained mechanics are on standby
correct. at a SUBARU dealer to utilize the
3) Approximately 1.1 US qt (1.0 liter, 0.9 Imp
qt) from low level to full level NOTE special tools, spare parts and recom-
mended oil for this work, and also, used
4. Pull out the oil level gauge again. . To prevent overfilling the engine oil, oils are properly disposed of.
5. Check the oil levels on both sides of the do not add any additional oil above the . If performing oil replacement your-
level gauge. The engine oil level must be upper level when the engine is cold.
– CONTINUED –
WARNING
& Cooling fan, hose and con- Never attempt to remove the radiator
nections cap until the engine has been shut
S11AF03
Your vehicle employs an electric cooling off and has cooled down completely.
fan which is thermostatically controlled to Since the coolant is under pressure, 1) “FULL” level mark
operate when the engine coolant reaches you may suffer serious burns from a 2) “LOW” level mark
a specific temperature. spray of boiling hot coolant when
the cap is removed. Check the coolant level at each fuel stop.
If the radiator cooling fan does not operate 1. Check the coolant level on the outside
even when the coolant temperature high of the reservoir while the engine is cool.
warning light blinks or illuminates in RED, 2. If the level is close to or lower than the
the cooling fan circuit may be defective. “LOW” level mark, add coolant up to the
Refer to “Coolant temperature low indica- “FULL” level mark. If the reserve tank is
tor light/Coolant temperature high warning empty, remove the radiator cap and refill
light” F3-16. coolant up to just below the filler neck as
shown in the following illustration. 11
Check the fuse and replace it if necessary.
Refer to “Fuses” F11-35 and “Fuse panel
located in the engine compartment” F12-
12.
If the fuse is not blown, have the cooling
system checked by your SUBARU dealer.
If frequent addition of coolant is necessary,
there may be a leak in the engine cooling
– CONTINUED –
3. After refilling the reserve tank and the It is not necessary to clean or wash the air
radiator, reinstall the cap and check that cleaner element.
the rubber gaskets inside the radiator cap
are in the proper position.
& Replacing the air cleaner ele- cleaner case (rear) into the slits on the air
ment cleaner case (front).
S11AG01
Replace the air cleaner element according 6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
to the maintenance schedule in the “War-
ranty and Maintenance Booklet”. Under NOTE
extremely dusty conditions, replace it Install the air cleaner element so that
more frequently. It is recommended that the surface with “UPR” printed on it
you always use genuine SUBARU parts. faces upward.
1) Clip
It may be difficult to replace the spark It is unnecessary to check the deflection of It is not necessary to check the transmis-
plugs. It is recommended that you have the the drive belt periodically because your sion oil level. Check that there are no
spark plugs replaced by your SUBARU engine is equipped with an automatic belt cracks, damage or leakage. However, the
dealer. tension adjuster. However, replacement of oil inspection should be performed accord-
the belt should be done according to the ing to the maintenance schedule in the
The spark plugs should be replaced maintenance schedule in the “Warranty “Warranty and Maintenance Booklet”.
according to the maintenance schedule and Maintenance Booklet”. Consult your Consult your SUBARU dealer for details.
in the “Warranty and Maintenance Book- SUBARU dealer for replacement.
let”.
If the drive belt is loose, cracked or worn, & Recommended grade and
CAUTION contact your SUBARU dealer. viscosity
S11AJ02
Each oil manufacturer has its own base
Make sure the cables are replaced in oils and additives. Never use different
the correct order. brands together. For details, refer to
“Manual transmission, front differential
and rear differential gear oil” F12-6.
& Recommended spark plugs
S11AH01
For the recommended spark plugs, refer to
“Electrical system” F12-8.
Alcohol contained in the brake reservoir is used for both the brake and Clutch fluid (MT models)
fluid may damage them. clutch systems and has chambers for each S11AP
. Be careful not to spill brake fluid system. & Checking the fluid level
S11AP01
when adding it. If brake fluid If the fluid level is below “MIN”, add the
touches the exhaust pipe, it may recommended brake fluid to “MAX”. Use WARNING
cause a bad smell, smoke, and/or only brake fluid from a sealed container.
a fire. If brake fluid gets on the Never let clutch fluid contact your
exhaust pipe, be sure to wipe it eyes because clutch fluid can be
& Recommended brake fluid harmful to your eyes. If clutch fluid
off. S11AO02
Refer to “Fluids” F12-7. gets in your eyes, immediately flush
them thoroughly with clean water.
CAUTION For safety, when performing this
work, wearing eye protection is
Never use different brands of brake
advisable.
fluid together. Also, avoid mixing
DOT 3 and DOT 4 brake fluids even if
they are the same brand. CAUTION
. Clutch fluid absorbs moisture
from the air. Any absorbed moist-
ure can cause improper clutch
operation.
. If the vehicle requires frequent
1) “MAX” level line refilling, there may be a leak. If
2) “MIN” level line you suspect a problem, have the
A) The brake fluid level must be checked in vehicle checked at your SUBARU
this area. dealer.
Check the fluid level monthly. . When clutch fluid is added, be
Check the fluid level on the outside of the careful not to allow any dirt into
reservoir. Be sure to check the fluid level the tank.
for the brake system at the shaded area in . Never splash the clutch fluid over
the illustration. For MT models, this painted surfaces or rubber parts.
Alcohol contained in the clutch Check the fluid level monthly. Brake booster
fluid may damage them. Check the fluid level on the outside of the S11AQ
. Be careful not to spill clutch fluid reservoir. Because this reservoir is used If the brake booster does not operate as
when adding it. If clutch fluid for both the brake and clutch systems and described in the following, have it checked
touches the exhaust pipe, it may has chambers for each system, be sure to by your SUBARU dealer.
cause a bad smell, smoke, and/or check the fluid level for the clutch system
1. With the ignition switch in the “LOCK”/
a fire. If clutch fluid gets on the at the shaded area in the illustration. If
“OFF” position, depress the brake pedal
exhaust pipe, be sure to wipe it the fluid level is below “MIN”, add the
several times, applying the same pedal
off. recommended clutch fluid to “MAX”.
force each time. The distance the pedal
. The fluid level for the clutch Use only clutch fluid from a sealed contain- travels should not vary.
system must be checked at the er.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, start
inboard side of the reservoir. It the engine. The pedal should move slightly
cannot be checked at the out- & Recommended clutch fluid down to the floor.
S11AP02
board side of the reservoir. Refer to “Fluids” F12-7. 3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop
the engine and keep the pedal depressed
CAUTION for 30 seconds. The pedal height should
Never use different brands of clutch not change.
fluid together. Also, avoid mixing 4. Start the engine again and run for
DOT 3 and DOT 4 brake fluids even if approximately one minute then turn it off.
they are the same brand. Depress the brake pedal several times to
check the brake booster. The brake
booster operates properly if the pedal
stroke decreases with each depression. 11
Brake pedal If the free play is not within proper Clutch pedal (MT models)
S11AR
specification, contact your SUBARU deal- S11AS
er.
Check the brake pedal free play and Check the clutch pedal free play according
reserve distance according to the main- & Checking the brake pedal re- to the maintenance schedule in the “War-
tenance schedule in the “Warranty and serve distance ranty and Maintenance Booklet”.
Maintenance Booklet”. S11AR02
& Checking the clutch pedal Hill start assist system Replacement of brake pad
free play S11BF and lining
S11AS02
Ensure that the Hill start assist system S11AT
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION brake to cool down. Repeat this proce- Parking brake stroke
dure. S11AU
If you continue to drive despite the 5. Check the parking brake stroke. If the
scraping noise from the audible parking brake stroke is out of the specified
brake pad wear indicator, it will range, adjust it by turning the adjusting nut
result in the need for costly brake located on the parking brake lever.
rotor repair or replacement.
Parking brake stroke:
& Breaking-in of new brake 7 – 8 notches / 45 lbf (200 N, 20.4 kgf)
pads and linings
S11AT01
When replacing the brake pad or lining,
use only genuine SUBARU parts. After WARNING
replacement, the new parts must be A safe location and situation should
broken in as follows. be selected for break-in driving. Check the parking brake stroke according
! Brake pad and lining to the maintenance schedule in the “War-
S11AT0101
While maintaining a speed of 30 to 40 mph ranty and Maintenance Booklet”. When
(50 to 65 km/h), step on the brake pedal
CAUTION the parking brake is properly adjusted,
lightly. Repeat this five or more times. Pulling the parking brake lever too braking power is fully applied by pulling the
! Parking brake lining forcefully may cause the rear wheels lever up 7 to 8 notches gently but firmly
S11AT0102
to lock. To avoid this, be certain to (approximately 45 lbf [200 N, 20.4 kgf]). If
1. Drive the vehicle at a speed of approxi- the parking brake lever stroke is not within
pull the lever up slowly and gently.
mately 22 mph (35 km/h). the specified range, have the brake sys-
2. With the parking brake release button tem checked and adjusted at your
pushed in, pull the parking brake lever SUBARU dealer.
SLOWLY and GENTLY (pulling with a
force of approximately 33.7 lbf [150 N,
15.3 kgf]).
3. Drive the vehicle for approximately 220
yards (200 meters) in this condition.
4. Wait 5 to 10 minutes for the parking
Tires and wheels ! Winter (snow) tires temperature outside. By way of example,
S11AV
S11AV0103
Winter tires are best suited for driving on the following table shows the required tire
& Types of tires snow-covered and icy roads. However pressures that correspond to various out-
S11AV01
winter tires do not perform as well as side temperatures when the temperature
You should be familiar with type of tires
summer tires and all season tires on roads in the garage is 608F (15.68C).
present on your vehicle.
other than snow-covered and icy roads. Example:
! All season tires Ti r e s i z e : P 2 2 5 / 6 0 R 1 7 9 8 H a n d
S11AV0101
All season tires are designed to provide an & Tire pressure monitoring P225/55R18 97H
adequate measure of traction, handling system (TPMS) (if equipped) Standard tire pressures:
and braking performance in year-round S11AV02
Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)
driving including snowy and icy road The tire pressure monitoring system pro-
vides the driver with a warning message by Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2)
conditions. However all season tires do
not offer as much traction performance as sending a signal from a sensor that is Garage temperature: 608F (15.68C)
winter (snow) tires in heavy or loose snow installed in each wheel when tire pressure
is severely low. The tire pressure monitor- Outside Adjusted pressure
or on icy roads. temperature [psi (kPa, kgf/cm2)]
ing system will activate only when the
All season tires are identified by “ALL Front Rear
vehicle is driven. Also, this system may not
SEASON” and/or “M+S” (Mud & Snow) on
react immediately to a sudden drop in tire 308F (−18C) 36 (250, 2.5) 35 (240, 2.4)
the tire sidewall.
pressure (for example, a blow-out caused
! Summer tires 38 37
by running over a sharp object). 108F (−128C) (265, 2.65) (255, 2.55)
S11AV0102
Summer tires are high-speed capability If you adjust the tire pressures in a warm −108F (−238C) 40 (280, 2.8) 39 (270, 2.7)
tires best suited for highway driving under garage and will then drive the vehicle in
dry conditions. cold outside air, the resulting drop in tire If the low tire pressure warning light
Summer tires are inadequate for driving on pressures may cause the low tire pressure illuminates when you drive the vehicle in 11
slippery roads such as on snow-covered or warning light to illuminate. To avoid this cold outside air after adjusting the tire
icy roads. problem when adjusting the tire pressures pressures in a warm garage, re-adjust the
If you drive your vehicle on snow-covered in a warm garage, inflate the tires to tire pressures using the method described
or icy roads, we strongly recommend the pressures higher than those shown on above. Then, increase the vehicle speed
use of winter (snow) tires. the tire placard. Specifically, inflate them to at least 20 mph (32 km/h) and check to
When installing winter tires, be sure to by an extra 1 psi (6.9 kPa, 0.07 kgf/cm2) for see that the low tire pressure warning light
replace all four tires. every difference of 108F (5.68C) between turns off a few minutes later. If the low tire
the temperature in the garage and the pressure warning light does not turn off,
– CONTINUED –
the tire pressure monitoring system may When a tire is replaced, adjustments are as soon as possible.
not be functioning normally. In this event, necessary to ensure continued normal When a spare tire is mounted or a
go to a SUBARU dealer to have the operation of the tire pressure monitoring wheel rim is replaced without the
system inspected as soon as possible. system. As with wheel replacement, there- original pressure sensor/transmitter
fore, you should have the work performed being transferred, the low tire pres-
While the vehicle is driven, friction be- by a SUBARU dealer.
tween tires and the road surface causes sure warning light will illuminate
the tires to warm up. After illumination of steadily after blinking for approxi-
WARNING mately one minute. This indicates
the low tire pressure warning light, any
increase in the tire pressures caused by an If the low tire pressure warning light the TPMS is unable to monitor all
increase in the outside air temperature or does not illuminate briefly after the four road wheels. Contact your
by an increase in the temperature in the ignition switch is turned ON or the SUBARU dealer as soon as possible
tires can cause the low tire pressure light illuminates steadily after blink- for tire and sensor replacement and/
warning light to turn off. ing for approximately one minute, or system resetting. If the light
you should have your Tire Pressure illuminates steadily after blinking
System resetting is necessary when the for approximately one minute,
Monitoring System checked at a
wheels are changed (for example, a switch promptly contact a SUBARU dealer
SUBARU dealer as soon as possi-
to snow tires) and new TPMS valves are to have the system inspected.
ble.
installed on the newly fitted wheels. Have
this work performed by a SUBARU dealer If this light illuminates while driving,
following wheel replacement. never brake suddenly and keep
driving straight ahead while gradu-
& Tire inspection
S11AV03
It may not be possible to install TPMS ally reducing speed. Then slowly Check on a daily basis that the tires
valves on certain wheels that are on the pull off the road to a safe place. are free from serious damage,
market. Therefore, if you change the Otherwise an accident involving
wheels (for example, a switch to snow
nails, and stones. At the same time,
serious vehicle damage and serious
tires), use wheels that have the same part personal injury could occur.
check the tires for abnormal wear.
number as the standard-equipment
If this light still illuminates while Contact your SUBARU dealer im-
wheels. Without four operational TPMS mediately if you find any problem.
driving after adjusting the tire pres-
valve/sensors on the wheels, the TPMS
sure, a tire may have significant
will not fully function and the warning light
damage and a fast leak that causes
NOTE
on the combination meter will illuminate . When the wheels and tires
the tire to lose air rapidly. If you have
steadily after blinking for approximately strike curbs or are subjected to
a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire
one minute.
harsh treatment as when the & Tire pressures and wear on the door pillar on the driver’s
S11AV04
vehicle is driven on a rough Maintaining the correct tire pres- side.
surface, they can suffer damage sures helps to maximize the tires’ Driving even a short distance
that cannot be seen with the service lives and is essential for warms up the tires and increases
naked eye. This type of damage good running performance. Check the tire pressures. Also, the tire
does not become evident until and, if necessary, adjust the pres- pressures are affected by the out-
time has passed. Try not to drive sure of each tire (including the side temperature. It is best to check
over curbs, potholes or on other spare - if equipped) at least once a tire pressure outdoors before driv-
rough surfaces. If doing so is month (for example, during a fuel ing the vehicle.
unavoidable, keep the vehicle’s stop) and before any long journey.
speed down to a walking pace or When a tire becomes warm, the air
less, and approach the curbs as inside it expands, causing the tire
squarely as possible. Also, make pressure to increase. Be careful not
sure the tires are not pressed to mistakenly release air from a
against the curb when you park warm tire to reduce its pressure.
the vehicle.
. If you feel unusual vibration NOTE
while driving or find it difficult to . The air pressure in a tire
steer the vehicle in a straight line, increases by approximately 4.3
one of the tires and/or wheels psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm2) when the
may be damaged. Drive slowly to tire becomes warm. 11
. The tires are considered cold
the nearest authorized SUBARU Tire placard
dealer and have the vehicle in- when the vehicle has been
spected. Check the tire pressures when the parked for at least three hours
tires are cold. Use a pressure or has been driven less than one
gauge to adjust the tire pressures mile (1.6 km).
to the values shown on the tire
placard. The tire placard is located
– CONTINUED –
vehicle control could lead to Contact your SUBARU dealer & Wear indicators
S11AV06
an accident. if you notice abnormal tire
wear.
& Wheel balance
S11AV05 NOTE
Each wheel was correctly balanced
when your vehicle was new, but the The suspension system is de-
wheels will become unbalanced as signed to hold each wheel at a
the tires become worn during use. certain alignment (relative to the
Wheel imbalance causes the steer- other wheels and to the road) for
ing wheel to vibrate slightly at optimum straight-line stability
certain vehicle speeds and detracts and cornering performance.
from the vehicle’s straight-line sta- 1) New tread
bility. It can also cause steering and 2) Worn tread
suspension system problems and
3) Tread wear indicator
abnormal tire wear. If you suspect
that the wheels are not correctly Each tire incorporates a tread wear
balanced, have them checked and indicator, which becomes visible
adjusted by your SUBARU dealer. when the depth of the tread grooves
Also have them adjusted after tire decreases to 0.063 in (1.6 mm). A
repairs and after tire rotation. tire must be replaced when the 11
tread wear indicator appears as a
CAUTION solid band across the tread.
Loss of correct wheel align- WARNING
ment causes the tires to wear
on one side and reduces the When a tire’s tread wear indi-
vehicle’s running stability. cator becomes visible, the tire
– CONTINUED –
is worn beyond the acceptable & Rotational direction of tires & Tire rotation
S11AV11 S11AV07
limit and must be replaced
immediately. With a tire in this
condition, driving at high
speeds in wet weather can
cause the vehicle to hydro-
plane. The resulting loss of
vehicle control can lead to an
accident.
NOTE
For safety, inspect tire tread
regularly and replace the tires Example of rotational direction Vehicles equipped with 4 non-
before their tread wear indicators marked on the sidewall unidirectional tires
become visible. 1) Front 1) Front
If the tires have specific rotational
direction, refer to the arrow marked
on the side wall.
The arrow should be pointing for-
ward direction when the wheels are
fitted.
miles (1,000 km), check the wheel replace the tires with new ones that are
nuts again and retighten any nut identical to those fitted as standard equip-
ment.
that has become loose.
For safe vehicle operation, SUBARU
For handling alloy wheels, refer to “Alloy recommends replacing all four tires at the
wheels” F11-28. same time.
& Tire replacement WARNING
S11AV08
The wheels and tires are important and
integral parts of your vehicle’s design; they . When replacing or installing tire
cannot be changed arbitrarily. The tires (s), all four tires must be the same
fitted as standard equipment are optimally for following items.
matched to the characteristics of the (a) Size
Vehicles equipped with unidir- vehicle and were selected to give the best (b) Circumference
ectional tires possible combination of running perfor-
1) Front (c) Speed symbol
mance, ride comfort, and service life. It is
essential for every tire to have a size and (d) Load index
Tire wear varies from wheel to construction matching those shown on the (e) Construction
wheel. Move the tires to the posi- tire placard and to have a speed symbol (f) Manufacturer
tions shown in the illustration each and load index matching those shown on
time they are rotated. For the tire the tire placard. (g) Brand (tread pattern)
rotation schedule, refer to the “War- (h) Degrees of wear
Using tires of a non-specified size detracts
ranty and Maintenance Booklet”. from controllability, ride comfort, braking For the items (a) to (d), you must
obey the specification that is 11
performance, speedometer accuracy and
Replace any damaged or unevenly odometer accuracy. It also creates incor- printed on the tire placard. The
worn tires at the time of rotation. rect body-to-tire clearances and inappro- tire placard is located on the
After tire rotation, adjust the tires priately changes the vehicle’s ground driver’s door pillar.
pressures and make sure the wheel clearance. If all of four tires are not the same
for items (a) to (h), serious me-
nuts are correctly tightened. All four tires must be the same in terms of chanical damage could occur to
manufacturer, brand (tread pattern), con- the drive train of your car, and
After driving approximately 600 struction, and size. You are advised to
– CONTINUED –
Windshield washer fluid When there is only a small amount of & Windshield washer fluid
S11AX
washer fluid remaining, the windshield S11AX02
Use windshield washer fluid. If windshield
washer fluid warning light will illuminate. washer fluid is unavailable use clean
When this occurs, refill the washer fluid. water.
In areas where water freezes in winter, use
& Adding the windshield an anti-freeze type windshield washer
washer fluid fluid. SUBARU Windshield Washer Fluid
S11AX01
contains 58.5% methyl alcohol and 41.5%
CAUTION surfactant, by volume. Its freezing tem-
perature varies according to how much it is
Never use engine coolant as washer diluted, as indicated in the following table.
fluid because it could cause paint
damage. Washer Fluid Freezing
Concentration Temperature
30% 10.48F (−128C)
Windshield washer fluid warning light
(type A) 50% −48F (−208C)
100% −498F (−458C)
containing non-methanol anti- 1. Raise the wiper arm off the windshield.
CAUTION
freeze agents should be used
only if they provide cold weather . Do not clean the wiper blades
protection without damaging with gasoline or a solvent, such
your vehicle’s paint, wiper blades as paint thinner or benzine. This
or washer system. will cause deterioration of the
wiper blades.
. While removing the wiper blades
from the wiper arms, do not
return the wiper arms to the
original positions. Otherwise,
the windshield surface may be
scratched.
. When returning the raised wiper
arms to the original positions,
illustration, so that it can be removed. & Rear window wiper blade as-
2. Pull the end of the wiper blade rubber sembly
through the slit to remove it. S11AZ03
1. Raise the wiper arm off the rear
3. To install a new wiper blade rubber, window.
perform the removal procedure in the
reverse order. After installation, check that
the tip of the wiper rubber has reached the
end of the cap.
NOTE
It may be difficult to perform the wiper
blade rubber replacement. We recom-
mend that you contact your SUBARU 3. Pull the wiper blade assembly toward
dealer for wiper blade rubber replace- you to remove it from the wiper arm.
ment if necessary.
4. Install the wiper blade assembly to the
wiper arm. Make sure that it locks in place.
5. Hold the wiper arm by hand and slowly
2. Turn the wiper blade assembly coun-
lower it in position.
terclockwise.
& Rear window wiper blade 2. Pull the blade rubber assembly out of
rubber the plastic support.
S11AZ04
11
ends. If the rubber is not retained properly, Battery remove rings, metal watchbands,
the wiper may scratch the rear window S11BA and other metal jewelry. Never
glass. allow metal tools to contact the
5. Install the wiper blade assembly to the WARNING positive battery terminal and any-
wiper arm. Make sure that it locks in place. thing connected to it WHILE you
. Before beginning work on or near are at the same time in contact
6. Hold the wiper arm by hand and slowly
any battery, be sure to extinguish with any other metallic portion of
lower it in position.
all cigarettes, matches, and light- the vehicle because a short cir-
ers. Never expose a battery to an cuit will result.
open flame or electric sparks.
Batteries give off a gas which is . Keep everyone including children
highly flammable and explosive. away from the battery.
. For safety, in case an explosion . Charge the battery in a well-
does occur, wear eye protection ventilated area.
or shield your eyes when working . Battery posts, terminals and re-
near any battery. Never lean over lated accessories contain lead
a battery. and lead compounds, chemicals
. Do not let battery fluid contact known to the State of California
eyes, skin, fabrics, or paint be- to cause cancer and reproductive
cause battery fluid is a corrosive harm. Batteries also contain
acid. If battery fluid gets on your other chemicals known to the
skin or in your eyes, immediately State of California to cause can-
flush the area with water thor- cer. Wash hands after handling.
oughly. Seek medical help imme-
diately if acid has entered the
eyes.
If battery fluid is accidentally
swallowed, immediately drink a
large amount of milk or water,
and seek medical attention im-
mediately.
. To lessen the risk of sparks,
CAUTION 11
Never use more than 10 amperes
when charging the battery because
it will shorten battery life. One is located under the instrument panel
behind the fuse box cover on the driver’s
For “SUBARU STARLINK Safety and seat side. To remove the cover, pull it out.
Security” without navigation system:
When the vehicle battery is discharged or
– CONTINUED –
1) Spare fuses 4. Pull out the fuse with the fuse puller.
The other one (main fuse box) is housed in 5. Inspect the fuse. If it has blown,
1) Good replace it with a spare fuse of the same
the engine compartment. Also, the spare
2) Blown rating.
fuses are stored in the fuse box cover.
If any lights, accessories or other electrical 6. If the same fuse blows again, this
controls do not operate, inspect the corre- indicates that its system has a problem.
sponding fuse. If a fuse has blown, replace Contact your SUBARU dealer for repairs.
it.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”/
“OFF” position and turn off all electrical
accessories.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Determine which fuse may be blown.
Look at the back side of each fuse box
cover and refer to “Fuses and circuits”
F12-10.
The fuse puller is stored in the main fuse
box in the engine compartment.
CAUTION
Replace any bulb only with a new
bulb of the specified wattage. Using
a bulb of different wattage could LED headlight warning light (type B)
result in a fire. For the specified The LED headlight warning light illumi-
wattage of each bulb, refer to “Bulb nates if the LED headlights malfunction.
chart” F12-14. Have your vehicle inspected at a SUBARU
dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
For models with type B combination
meter, if SRH is malfunctioning, the 11
SRH OFF indicator appears on the
combination meter when the ignition
switch is in the “ON” position. It
indicates that SRH has been deacti-
vated. Contact a SUBARU dealer for an
inspection.
– CONTINUED –
CAUTION
Halogen headlight bulbs become
very hot while in use. If you touch
the bulb surface with bare hands or
greasy gloves, fingerprints or
grease on the bulb surface will
develop into hot spots, causing the
bulb to break. If there are finger
prints or grease on the bulb surface,
wipe them away with a soft cloth Right-hand side
moistened with alcohol. 1. Use a screwdriver to undo the clips on
the air intake duct, then remove the air
intake duct.
NOTE
. If headlight aiming is required, con-
sult your SUBARU dealer for proper
adjustment of the headlight aim.
. It may be difficult to replace the
bulbs. Have the bulbs replaced by your
SUBARU dealer if necessary.
Perform the following steps to replace the
bulbs. Left-hand side
2. Use a screwdriver to remove the
secured clip of the washer tank. To make
it easy to access the bulb, turn the neck of
the washer fluid filler pipe as illustrated.
– CONTINUED –
3. Slide the rear combination light as- 1) Tail light 1) Guide pins
sembly rearward and remove it from the 2) Rear side marker light 2) Catch
vehicle. 3) Rear turn signal light 3) Clip
4. Remove the bulb socket from the rear 7. Put the rear combination light assem-
combination light assembly by turning it bly into place while aligning the 2 guide
counterclockwise. pins and a catch with the guide holes and a
5. Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket and clip on the vehicle.
replace it with a new one.
6. Set the bulb socket into the rear
combination light assembly and turn it
clockwise until it locks.
8. Tighten the upper and lower screws. 2. For left side light, turn the bulb socket
9. Reinstall the covers. 1. Apply a flat-head screwdriver to the clockwise and remove it.
light cover as shown in the illustration, and For right side light, turn the bulb socket
pry the light cover off from the rear gate counterclockwise and remove it.
trim.
11
4. Install the bulb socket by turning it & Vanity mirror light (if
clockwise. equipped)
5. Install the light cover on the rear gate. S11BE34
CAUTION
& License plate light
S11BE07 Replacing the bulb could cause
burns since the bulb may be very
hot. Have the bulb replaced by your
SUBARU dealer.
CAUTION
Replacing the bulb could cause
burns since the bulb may be very
hot. Have the bulb replaced by your Dome light
SUBARU dealer.
CAUTION
When removing or reinstalling the
access key fob cover, make sure that
the plastic part does not come off or
become misaligned.
2. Wrap a flat-head screwdriver with vinyl 4. Insert a new battery with its positive (+)
tape or a cloth, and insert it in the gap to side facing upward as shown in the figure.
remove the cover.
1) Release button
2) Emergency key
2. Remove the transmitter case from the 1) Negative (−) side facing up
key head. 4. Replace the old battery with a new
battery making sure to install the new
1. Wrap a flat-head screwdriver with vinyl battery with the negative (−) side facing up.
tape or a cloth. Open the key head using a 5. Put together the transmitter case by
flat-head screwdriver. fitting the hooks on the case.
6. Reinstall the transmitter case in the
key head.
7. Refit the removed half of the key head.
11
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(447,1)
Specifications
Specifications........................................................ 12-2 Temporary spare tires ........................................... 12-9
S12
Dimensions........................................................... 12-2 Brake disc ............................................................ 12-9
Engine .................................................................. 12-3 Fuses and circuits .............................................. 12-10
Fuel ...................................................................... 12-3 Fuse panel located in the passenger
Engine oil ............................................................. 12-4 compartment ................................................... 12-10
Manual transmission, front differential and rear Fuse panel located in the engine compartment ... 12-12
differential gear oil .............................................. 12-6 Bulb chart............................................................ 12-14
Fluids ................................................................... 12-7 Safety precautions.............................................. 12-14
Engine coolant...................................................... 12-7 Bulb chart .......................................................... 12-15
Electrical system .................................................. 12-8 Vehicle identification .......................................... 12-18
Tires ..................................................................... 12-8
12
12-2 Specifications/Specifications
Specifications
S12AA
& Dimensions
S12AA01
in (mm)
Item
Overall length 175.8 (4,465)
Overall width 71.0 (1,800)
Overall height 63.6 (1,615)
Wheel base 104.9 (2,665)
Tread Front 61.0 (1,550)
Rear 61.2 (1,555)
Ground clearance*1 8.7 (220)
Specifications/Specifications 12-3
& Engine
S12AA02
& Fuel
S12AA08
12
– CONTINUED –
12-4 Specifications/Specifications
NOTE
The procedure for changing the engine oil and oil filter should be performed by a properly-trained expert. It is recommended
that you have this service performed by your SUBARU dealer.
Specifications/Specifications 12-5
NOTE
Each quantity indicated here is only a guideline. The necessary quantity for replacement may differ slightly depending on the
temperature and other factors.
– CONTINUED –
12-6 Specifications/Specifications
& Manual transmission, front differential and rear differential gear oil
S12AA13
Oil Manual transmission oil Front differential gear oil Rear differential gear Rear differential gear oil (MT models)
(CVT models) oil (CVT models)
3 3
. SUBARU Extra MT* . SUBARU Extra MT*
Oil grade . API classification . API classification GL-5 API classification GL-5
GL-5 (75W-90)*4 (75W-90)
. 75W-90*
. 90
SAE viscosity
No. and ap- —
plicable tem-
perature
*: Recommended
Oil capacity*1 3.5 US qt (3.3 liters, 2.9 1.4 US qt (1.3 liters, 1.1 0.8 US qt (0.8 liters, 0.7 Imp qt)
Imp qt) Imp qt)
Remarks*2 “Manual transmission oil” “Front differential gear oil (CVT models) and rear differential gear oil” F11-15
F11-14
*1: The indicated oil quantity is only a guideline. The necessary quantity for replacement may differ slightly depending on the temperature and other
factors. After refilling the gearbox with oil, the oil level should be checked.
*2: For more details about maintenance and service, refer to the indicated section.
*3: The vehicle is filled at the factory with this type of oil.
*4: You may use this type of manual transmission oil. However, using this type of oil will detract from driveability and fuel efficiency.
Specifications/Specifications 12-7
& Fluids
S12AA10
Brake fluid FMVSS No. 116, DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake – “Brake fluid” F11-15
fluid
Clutch fluid (MT models) FMVSS No. 116, DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake – “Clutch fluid (MT models)” F11-
fluid 16
*1: Use one of the indicated types of fluid.
*2: The indicated fluid quantity is only a guideline. The necessary quantity for replacement may differ slightly depending on the temperature and other
factors.
*3: For more details about maintenance and service, refer to the indicated section.
The indicated coolant quantity is only a guideline. The necessary quantity for replacement may differ slightly depending on the temperature and other
factors. For more details about maintenance and service, refer to “Cooling system” F11-10.
12
– CONTINUED –
12-8 Specifications/Specifications
& Tires
S12AA05
*1: This torque is equivalent to applying approximately 88 to 110 lbf (40 to 50 kgf) at the end of the wheel nut wrench. If you have tightened the wheel nuts
by yourself, have the tightening torque checked at the nearest automotive service facility as soon as possible. For the wheel nut tightening procedure,
refer to “Changing a flat tire” F9-5.
Specifications/Specifications 12-9
12
Fuse Fuse
Circuit
panel rating
23 10A DRL
24 Empty
25 Empty
26 10A BACK UP
27 10A A/C +B
28 20A TRAIL R.FOG
29 Empty
30 Empty
31 Empty
32 7.5A ILLUMI
33 7.5A KEY SW A
34 Empty
35 Empty
36 7.5A KEY SW B
37 7.5A STOP
38 7.5A EYE SIGHT
12
– CONTINUED –
Fuse Fuse
Circuit
panel rating
23 10A E/G2
24 Empty
25 Empty
26 20A O2 HTR
27 15A E/G1
28 Empty
29 30A BACKUP
30 25A R. DEF
31 20A AUDIO
32 30A VDC SOL
33 25A MAIN FAN
34 25A SUB FAN
35 10A DEICER
36 15A F. FOG, AGS
37 15A BLOWER
38 15A BLOWER
39 Empty
40 30A F. WIPER
12
41 15A F. WASH
42 15A R. WIPER
43 Empty
44 Empty
Bulb chart
S12AC
& Safety precautions
S12AC03
WARNING
Bulbs may become very hot while
illuminated. Before replacing bulbs,
turn off the lights and wait until the
bulbs cool down. Otherwise, there is
a risk of sustaining a burn injury.
CAUTION
Replace any bulb only with a new
bulb of the specified wattage. Using
a bulb of different wattage could
result in a fire.
12
NOTE
Lights A, B, C, D and E are the LED (Light Emitting Diode) type. Consult your SUBARU dealer for replacement.
– CONTINUED –
12
13
does not mean the vehicle can speeds. placed on the sidewall.
be loaded up to the tire’s rated
load. ! Tire Identification Number ! Maximum permissible infla-
(TIN) tion pressure
S13AB010301
(7) Speed Rating: An alphabetical S13AB0102
The maximum cold inflation pres-
system describing a tire’s capability Tire Identification Number (TIN) is
marked on the intended outboard sure to which this tire may be
to travel at established and prede- inflated. For example, “300 kPa 13
termined speeds. sidewall. The TIN is composed of
four groups. Here is a brief review of (44 PSI) MAX. PRESS”
For example, “V” means 149 mph
(240 km/h) the TIN with a breakdown of its
– CONTINUED –
! Maximum load rating STEEL + 2 POLYESTER SIDE- The vehicle placard is attached to
S13AB010302
The load rating at the maximum WALL 2 POLYESTER” the driver’s side door pillar.
permissible weight load for this tire. ! Uniform Tire Quality Grad- Example:
For example, “MAX. LOAD 580 kg ing (UTQG)
(1279 LBS) @ 300 kPa (44 PSI) S13AB010305
For details, refer to “Uniform tire
MAX. PRESS.” quality grading standards” F13-14.
WARNING
& Recommended tire inflation
Maximum load rating applies pressure
S13AB02
only to the tire, not to the ! Recommended cold tire in-
vehicle. Putting a load rated flation pressure
tire on any vehicle does not S13AB0201
For recommended cold tire inflation
mean the vehicle can be
pressure for your vehicle’s tires,
loaded up to the tire’s rated
refer to “Tires” F12-8. The vehicle placard shows original
load.
! Vehicle placard tire size, recommended cold tire
S13AB0202
! Construction type inflation pressure on each tire at
S13AB010303
maximum loaded vehicle weight,
Applicable construction of this tire.
seating capacity and loading infor-
For example, “TUBELESS STEEL mation.
BELTED RADIAL”
! Adverse safety conse-
! Construction quences of under-inflation
S13AB010304
S13AB0203
The generic name of each cord Driving at high speeds with exces-
material used in the plies (both sively low tire pressures can cause
sidewall and tread area) of this tire. the tires to flex severely and to
For example, “PLIES: TREAD 2 rapidly become hot. A sharp in-
crease in temperature could cause & Glossary of tire terminology sidewall rubber which, when in-
tread separation, and failure of the . Accessory weight
S13AB03
flated, bears the load.
tire(s). Possible resulting loss of The combined weight (in excess of . Chunking
vehicle control could lead to an those standard items which may be The breaking away of pieces of the
accident. replaced) of automatic transmis- tread or sidewall.
! Measuring and adjusting air sion, power steering, power brakes, . Cold tire pressure
pressure to achieve proper power windows, power seats, radio, The pressure in a tire that has been
inflation and heater, to the extent that these driven less than 1 mile or has been
S13AB0204
Check and, if necessary, adjust the items are available as factory-in- standing for three hours or more.
pressure of each tire (including the stalled equipment (whether in- . Cord
spare) at least once a month and stalled or not). The strands forming the plies in the
before any long journey. Check the . Bead tire.
tire pressures when the tires are The part of the tire that is made of . Cord separation
cold. Use a pressure gauge to steel wires, wrapped or reinforced The parting of cords from adjacent
adjust the tire pressures to the by ply cords and that is shaped to fit rubber compounds.
specific values. Driving even a short the rim. . Cracking
distance warms up the tires and . Bead separation Any parting within the tread, side-
increases the tire pressures. Also, A breakdown of the bond between wall, or inner liner of the tire
the tire pressures are affected by components in the bead. extending to cord material.
the outside temperature. It is best to . Bias ply tire . Curb weight
check tire pressure outdoors before A pneumatic tire in which the ply The weight of a motor vehicle with
driving the vehicle. When a tire cords that extend to the beads are standard equipment including the
becomes warm, the air inside it laid at alternate angles substantially maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
expands, causing the tire pressure less than 90 degrees to the center- coolant, and if so equipped, air 13
to increase. Be careful not to mis- line of the tread. conditioning and additional weight
takenly release air from a warm tire . Carcass optional engine.
to reduce its pressure. The tire structure, except tread and
– CONTINUED –
. Passenger car tire sory weight, including heavy duty . Rim type designation
A tire intended for use on passen- brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, The industry of manufacturer’s des-
ger cars, multipurpose passenger heavy duty battery, and special trim. ignation for a rim by style or code.
vehicles, and trucks, that have a . Radial ply tire . Rim width
gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) A pneumatic tire in which the ply Nominal distance between rim
of 10,000 lbs (4,535 kg) or less. cords that extend to the beads are flanges.
. Ply laid at substantially 90 degrees to . Section width
A layer of rubber-coated parallel the centerline of the tread. The linear distance between the
cords. . Recommended inflation pres- exteriors of the sidewalls of an
. Ply separation sure inflated tire, excluding elevations
A parting of rubber compound The cold inflation pressure recom- due to labeling, decoration, or pro-
between adjacent plies. mended by a vehicle manufacturer. tective bands.
. Pneumatic tire . Reinforced tire . Sidewall
A mechanical device made of rub- A tire designed to operate at higher That portion of a tire between the
ber, chemicals, fabric and steel or loads and at higher inflation pres- tread and bead.
other materials, that, when sures than the corresponding stan- . Sidewall separation
mounted on an automotive wheel, dard tire. The parting of the rubber compound
provides the traction and contains . Rim from the cord material in the side-
the gas or fluid that sustains the A metal support for a tire or a tire wall.
load. and tube assembly upon which the . Snow tire
. Production options weight tire beads are seated. A tire that attains a traction index
The combined weight of those . Rim diameter equal to or greater than 110, com-
installed regular production options Nominal diameter of the bead seat. pared to the ASTM E-1136 Stan-
weighing over 5.1 lbs (2.3 kg) in . Rim size designation dard Reference Test Tire, when 13
excess of those standard items Rim diameter and width. using the snow traction test as
which they replace, not previously described in ASTM F-1805-00,
considered in curb weight or acces- Standard Test Method for Single
– CONTINUED –
Table 1 — Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Designated seating Vehicle normal load, Occupant distribution in a
capacity, number of number of occupants normally loaded vehicle
occupants
2 through 4 2 2 in front.
5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second
seat.
2 in front, 1 in second
11 through 15 5 seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in
fourth seat.
2 in front, 2 in second
16 through 22 7 seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in
fourth seat.
13
– CONTINUED –
& Tire care – maintenance and rotation. After tire rotation, adjust axle’s GAWR are shown on the
safety practices the tire pressures and make sure vehicle certification label located at
S13AB04
. Check on a daily basis that the the wheel nuts are correctly tigh- the bottom of driver’s side door
tires are free from serious damage, tened. For information about the pillar.
nails, and stones. At the same time, tightening torque and tightening The GVWR and front and rear
check the tires for abnormal wear. sequence for the wheel nuts, refer GAWRs are determined by not only
. Inspect the tire tread regularly to “Flat tires” F9-5. the maximum load rating of tires but
and replace the tires before their also loaded capacities of the vehi-
tread wear indicators become visi- & Determining compatibility of cle’s suspension, axles and other
ble. When a tire’s tread wear in- tire and vehicle load capaci- parts of the body.
dicator becomes visible, the tire is ties
S13AB06 Therefore, this means that the
worn beyond the acceptable limit The sum of four tires’ maximum vehicle cannot necessarily be
and must be replaced immediately. load ratings must exceed the max- loaded up to the tire’s maximum
With a tire in this condition, driving imum loaded vehicle weight load rating on the tire sidewall.
at even low speeds in wet weather (“GVWR”). In addition, sum of the
can cause the vehicle to hydro- maximum load ratings of two front & Adverse safety conse-
plane. Possible resulting loss of tires and of two rear tires must quences of overloading on
vehicle control can lead to an exceed each axle’s maximum handling and stopping and on
accident. loaded capacity (“GAWR”). Original tires
S13AB07
. To maximize the life of each tire equipment tires are designed to Overloading could affect vehicle
and ensure that the tires wear fulfill those conditions. handling, stopping distance, and
uniformly, it is best to rotate the The maximum loaded vehicle vehicle and tire performance in the
tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). weight is referred to Gross Vehicle following ways. This could lead to
For information about the tire rota- Weight Rating (GVWR). And each an accident and possibly result in
tion order, refer to “Tire rotation” axle’s maximum loaded capacity is severe personal injury.
F11-26. Replace any damaged or referred to Gross Axle Weight Rat- . Vehicle stability will deteriorate.
unevenly worn tires at the time of ing (GAWR). The GVWR and each . Heavy and/or high-mounted
Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Vehicle load limit – how to determine 13-11
loads could increase the risk of luggage load capacity. For exam- Vehicle load limit – how to
rollover. ple, if the “XXX” amount equals determine
. Stopping distance will increase. 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 S13BU
. Brakes could overheat and fail. lb passengers in your vehicle, the The load capacity of your vehicle is
. Suspension, bearings, axles and amount of available cargo and determined by weight, not by avail-
other body parts could break or luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. able cargo space. The load limit of
experience accelerated wear that (1400 − 750 (5 6 150) = 650 lbs.) your vehicle is shown on the vehicle
will shorten vehicle life. 5. Determine the combined weight placard attached to the driver’s side
. Tires could fail. of luggage and cargo being loaded door pillar. Locate the statement
. Tread separation could occur. on the vehicle. That weight may not “The combined weight of occupants
. Tire could separate from its rim. safely exceed the available cargo and cargo should never exceed
and luggage load capacity calcu- XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your
& Steps for Determining Cor- lated in Step 4.
rect Load Limit vehicle’s placard.
S13AB08 6. If your vehicle will be towing a The vehicle placard also shows
1. Locate the statement “The com- trailer, load from your trailer will be seating capacity of your vehicle.
bined weight of occupants and transferred to your vehicle. Consult The total load capacity includes the
cargo should never exceed XXX this manual to determine how this total weight of driver and all pas-
kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s reduces the available cargo and sengers and their belongings, any
placard. luggage load capacity of your ve- cargo, any optional equipment such
2. Determine the combined weight hicle. as a trailer hitch, roof rack or bike
of the driver and passengers that carrier, etc., and the tongue load of
will be riding in your vehicle. a trailer. Therefore cargo capacity
3. Subtract the combined weight of can be calculated by the following
the driver and passengers from method. 13
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the Cargo capacity = Load limit − (total
available amount of cargo and weight of occupants + total weight
– CONTINUED –
13-12 Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Vehicle load limit – how to determine
of optional equipment + tongue load indicated on the vehicle placard further 84 lbs (38 kg) of cargo can
of a trailer (if applicable)) with the statement “The combined be carried.
weight of occupants and cargo
For information about vehicle load- Example 1B
should never exceed 900 lbs or
ing, refer to “Loading your vehicle”
408 kg”.
F8-12.
For example, if the vehicle has one
& Calculating total and load occupant weighing 154 lbs (70 kg)
capacities varying seating plus cargo weighing 662 lbs (300
configurations kg).
S13BU01
Calculate the available load capa- 1. Calculate the total weight.
city as shown in the following
examples:
Example 1A
Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Vehicle load limit – how to determine 13-13
13-14 Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Uniform tire quality grading standards
Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Uniform tire quality grading standards 13-15
All passenger car tires must con- under controlled conditions on spe- excessive temperature can lead to
form to Federal Safety Require- cified government test surfaces of sudden tire failure.
ments in addition to these grades. asphalt and concrete. The grade C corresponds to a level
A tire marked C may have poor of performance which all passenger
& TREADWEAR traction performance. car tires must meet under the
S13AC02
The treadwear grade is a compara- Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
tive rating based on the wear rate of WARNING dards No. 109.
the tire when tested under con- The traction grade assigned to Grades B and A represent higher
trolled conditions on a specified this tire is based on straight- levels of performance on the la-
government test course. ahead braking traction tests, boratory test wheel than the mini-
For example, a tire graded 150 and does not include accelera- mum required by law.
would wear one and one-half (1- tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
1/2) times as well on the govern- WARNING
or peak traction characteris-
ment course as a tire graded 100. tics. The temperature grade for this
The relative performance of tires tire is established for a tire that
depends upon the actual conditions is properly inflated and not
of their use, however, and may & TEMPERATURE A, B, C
S13AC04 overloaded. Excessive speed,
depart significantly from the norm The temperature grades are A (the underinflation, or excessive
due to variations in driving habits, highest), B, and C, representing the loading, either separately or
service practices and differences in tire’s resistance to the generation of in combination, can cause
road characteristics and climate. heat and its ability to dissipate heat heat buildup and possible tire
when tested under controlled con- failure.
& TRACTION AA, A, B, C ditions on a specified indoor labora-
S13AC03
The traction grades, from highest to tory test wheel. 13
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those Sustained high temperature can
grades represent the tire’s ability to cause the material of the tire to
stop on wet pavement as measured degenerate and reduce tire life, and
13-16 Consumer information and Reporting safety defects/Reporting safety defects (U.S.A.)
Index
14
14-2 Index
A B
Abbreviation ................................................................... 3 Battery
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) ..................................... 7-33 Drainage prevention function ................................... 2-24
Warning light ......................................................... 3-20 Jump starting .......................................................... 9-9
Access key fob ............................................................ 2-2 Replacement (access key fob) ............................... 11-44
Warning light ......................................................... 3-25 Replacement (transmitter) ..................................... 11-45
Accessories ............................................................. 11-37 Vehicle battery ..................................................... 11-34
Accessory power outlet ................................................ 6-7 Booster seat .............................................................. 1-33
Air cleaner element ................................................... 11-12 Brake
Air conditioner Assist.................................................................... 7-32
Automatic climate control.......................................... 4-6 Booster ....................................................... 7-32, 11-17
Manual climate control.............................................. 4-7 Disc ...................................................................... 12-9
Air filtration system .................................................... 4-11 Fluid ........................................................... 11-15, 12-7
Air flow mode .............................................................. 4-7 Pad .................................................................... 11-20
Alarm system ............................................................ 2-24 Parking ....................................................... 7-43, 11-20
All-Wheel Drive warning light....................................... 3-22 Pedal .................................................................. 11-18
Alloy wheel .............................................................. 11-28 System ................................................................. 7-32
Cleaning ............................................................... 10-4 Brake system............................................................. 7-32
Antenna...................................................................... 5-2 Warning light ......................................................... 3-21
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................... 7-33 Braking ..................................................................... 7-31
Arming the system ..................................................... 2-25 Tips ...................................................................... 7-31
Ashtray..................................................................... 6-10 Breaking-in of new brake pads................................... 11-20
AT OIL TEMP warning light ......................................... 3-18 BSD/RCTA ................................................................ 7-53
Auto on/off headlights................................................. 3-64 Approach indicator light/warning buzzer .................... 7-57
Auto-dimming mirror/compass ............................. 3-77, 3-78 OFF indicator................................................ 3-32, 7-58
Automatic headlight beam leveler OFF switch ............................................................ 7-59
Warning light ......................................................... 3-31 Warning indicator .......................................... 3-32, 7-59
Automatic Locking Retractor/Emergency Locking Warning volume ..................................................... 7-57
Retractor (ALR/ELR) ............................................... 1-14 Bulb
Chart .................................................................. 12-14
Index 14-3
Replacement ........................................................ 11-37 Child safety ................................................................... 5
Locks.................................................................... 2-27
C Chime
Cargo area Key........................................................................ 3-5
Cover ................................................................... 6-13 Light ..................................................................... 3-63
Light............................................................. 6-3, 11-42 Seatbelt ................................................................ 3-13
Tie-down hooks ..................................................... 6-15 Cigarette lighter .......................................................... 6-8
Catalytic converter ....................................................... 8-3 Cleaning
Center console ............................................................ 6-6 Alloy wheels .......................................................... 10-4
Changing Interior .................................................................. 10-5
Coolant................................................................ 11-12 Ventilation grille...................................................... 4-10
Flat tire................................................................... 9-5 Climate control system................................................. 4-2
Oil and oil filter ...................................................... 11-9 Automatic ............................................................... 4-6
Charge warning light .................................................. 3-17 Manual................................................................... 4-7
CHECK ENGINE warning light/Malfunction indicator Clock ....................................................... 3-44, 3-48, 3-60
light....................................................................... 3-15 Clutch
Checking Fluid ................................................................... 11-16
Brake pedal free play ............................................ 11-18 Pedal .................................................................. 11-18
Brake pedal reserve distance ................................. 11-18 Coat hook ................................................................. 6-12
Clutch function ..................................................... 11-18 Combination meter display (color LCD)......................... 3-33
Clutch pedal free play ........................................... 11-19 Compass.......................................................... 3-77, 3-78
Coolant level ........................................................ 11-11 Continuously variable transmission (CVT) ..................... 7-24
Fluid level (brake fluid) .......................................... 11-15 Fluid ........................................................... 11-15, 12-7
Fluid level (clutch fluid).......................................... 11-16 Oil temperature warning light (AT OIL TEMP) ............ 3-18
Fluid level (washer fluid) ........................................ 11-29 Coolant ........................................................... 11-11, 12-7
Oil level (engine oil) ............................................... 11-8 Temperature high warning light ................................ 3-16
Child restraint systems ............................................... 1-25 Temperature low indicator light................................. 3-16
Installation of a booster seat ................................... 1-33 Cooling system ........................................................ 11-10
Installation with ALR/ELR seatbelt ........................... 1-29 Corrosion protection ................................................... 10-4
Lower and tether anchorages .................................. 1-34 Cruise control ............................................................ 7-48
Top tether anchorages............................................ 1-38 Indicator light ......................................................... 3-30
14-4 Index
Index 14-5
Seatbelt pretensioners............................................ 1-21 High beam assist warning indicator .............................. 3-30
Turn signal light .................................................... 11-39 High beam indicator light............................................. 3-30
Fuel ........................................................................... 7-3 High/low beam change (dimmer).................................. 3-65
Consumption indicator ............................................ 3-40 Hill descent control ............................................ 7-38, 7-40
Economy hints......................................................... 8-2 Indicator light ......................................................... 3-32
Filler lid and cap ...................................................... 7-4 Hill start assist ................................................. 7-45, 11-19
Gauge .................................................................. 3-10 OFF indicator light .................................................. 3-22
Requirements.................................................. 7-3, 12-3 Warning light ......................................................... 3-22
Fuses ...................................................................... 11-35 HomeLink®................................................................. 3-78
Fuses and circuits.................................................... 12-10 Hook
Cargo tie-down ...................................................... 6-15
G Coat ..................................................................... 6-12
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) .............................. 8-13 Shopping bag ........................................................ 6-12
Glove box ................................................................... 6-5 Towing and tie-down............................................... 9-13
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).......................... 8-13 Horn ......................................................................... 3-89
Hose and connections .............................................. 11-11
H
Hazard warning flasher.......................................... 3-8, 9-2 I
Headlight Ignition switch ............................................................. 3-4
Beam leveler ......................................................... 3-70 Light ...................................................................... 3-5
Bulb replacing ...................................................... 11-37 Illumination brightness control...................................... 3-12
Bulb wattage ....................................................... 12-14 Immobilizer ................................................................ 2-15
Control switch ....................................................... 3-63 Indicator light (security indicator light) ....................... 3-29
Flasher ................................................................. 3-66 Indicator light
Indicator light......................................................... 3-31 BSD/RCTA OFF ............................................ 3-32, 3-35
Welcome lighting function ....................................... 3-64 BSD/RCTA warning ....................................... 3-32, 3-35
High Beam Assist ...................................................... 3-66 Coolant temperature low ......................................... 3-16
High Beam Assist function .......................................... 3-66 Cruise control ........................................................ 3-30
Indicator light......................................................... 3-30 Cruise control set ................................................... 3-31
High beam assist function........................................... 3-66 Front fog light ........................................................ 3-31
Indicator light......................................................... 3-30 Headlight............................................................... 3-31
14-6 Index
Index 14-7
Seatbelt ................................................................ 1-20 Outside
Tools ...................................................................... 9-3 Mirror defogger ...................................................... 3-86
Malfunction indicator light (check engine warning Mirrors .................................................................. 3-85
light)...................................................................... 3-15 Temperature indicator .................................... 3-44, 3-47
Manual Overheating engine .................................................... 9-12
Transmission......................................................... 7-21
Transmission oil.................................................... 11-14 P
Manual mode ............................................................ 7-26 Parking
Map light .......................................................... 6-2, 11-42 Brake.................................................................... 7-43
Maximum load limits................................................... 8-19 Brake stroke ........................................................ 11-20
Meters and gauges ...................................................... 3-8 Light ................................................................... 11-39
Mirror defogger.......................................................... 3-86 Tips ...................................................................... 7-44
Mirrors...................................................................... 3-77 Periodic inspections..................................................... 8-4
Moonroof .......................................................... 2-32, 9-20 Petrol fuel................................................................... 7-3
Multi-function display (black and white) ........................ 3-40 Power
Multi-function display (color LCD) ................................ 3-45 Outlets ................................................................... 6-7
Outside mirrors ...................................................... 3-85
N Steering ................................................................ 7-30
New vehicle break-in driving ......................................... 8-2 Steering warning light ............................................. 3-23
Windows ............................................................... 2-28
O Precautions against vehicle modification .............. 1-24, 1-70
Odometer ................................................................... 3-9 Preparing to drive........................................................ 7-8
Off road driving............................................................ 8-6 Push-button
Oil filter..................................................................... 11-9 Ignition switch ......................................................... 3-6
Oil level Starting and stopping engine ............................ 7-9, 7-11
Engine.................................................................. 11-8
Front differential gear ............................................ 11-15 R
Rear differential gear............................................. 11-15 RAB (Reverse Automatic Braking)
Warning light ......................................................... 3-18 OFF indicator......................................................... 3-32
Oil pressure warning light ........................................... 3-17 Warning indicator ................................................... 3-32
14-8 Index
Index 14-9
Safety tips............................................................. 1-12 Steering Responsive Headlight .................................... 3-69
Warning light and chime ......................................... 3-13 Steering wheel
Security Heater................................................................... 3-88
Alarm system ........................................................ 2-24 Power ................................................................... 7-30
Immobilizer ........................................................... 2-15 Tilt/telescopic ......................................................... 3-87
Indicator light......................................................... 3-29 Stop light................................................................. 11-39
Select lever Storage compartment .................................................. 6-5
Position indicator ................................................... 3-30 Sun visors .................................................................. 6-3
Shift lock function .................................................. 7-28 Sunshade.................................................................. 2-34
Shopping bag hook .................................................... 6-12 Supplemental Restraint System airbag (SRS) ................ 1-39
Shoulder pretensioners............................................... 1-21 Synthetic leather upholstery......................................... 10-6
Snow tires....................................................... 8-10, 11-21
Snowy and icy roads.................................................... 8-9 T
Sounding a panic alarm.............................................. 2-19 Tachometer ................................................................ 3-8
Spark plugs..................................................... 11-14, 12-8 Temperature warning light
Specifications ............................................................ 12-2 AT OIL TEMP ........................................................ 3-18
Speedometer............................................................... 3-8 Coolant ................................................................. 3-16
SRS Temporary spare tire............................................ 9-2, 12-9
Curtain airbag ....................................................... 1-60 Tether (child restraint system) ............................. 1-34, 1-38
Frontal airbag........................................................ 1-49 Tie-down hooks/holes ................................................. 9-13
Side airbag ........................................................... 1-60 Tire................................................................. 11-21, 12-8
SRS airbag (Supplemental Restraint System Chains .................................................................. 8-11
airbag)............................................................... 4, 1-39 Inspection............................................................ 11-22
SRS airbag system Pressures and wear.............................................. 11-23
Monitors ............................................................... 1-68 Replacement ....................................................... 11-27
Servicing .............................................................. 1-69 Rotation .............................................................. 11-26
Warning light ......................................................... 3-15 Size and pressure .................................................. 12-8
Starting & stopping engine .................................... 7-9, 7-11 Types.................................................................. 11-21
State emission testing (U.S. only) .................................. 7-7 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ..... 7-42, 9-8, 11-21
Steering responsive fog lights system .......................... 3-71 Warning light ......................................................... 3-18
OFF indicator ........................................................ 3-31 Tires and wheels ...................................................... 11-21
14-10 Index
Index 14-11
RAB ..................................................................... 3-32 X
Seatbelt ................................................................ 3-13 X-MODE ................................................................... 7-38
SRS airbag system ................................................ 3-15 Indicator light ......................................................... 3-32
Steering responsive fog lights ................................. 3-31
Steering Responsive Headlight................................ 3-31
Vehicle Dynamics Control ....................................... 3-23
Windshield washer fluid .......................................... 3-18
Warranties ..................................................................... 1
Warranties and maintenance....................................... 8-19
Washing ................................................................... 10-2
Waxing and polishing ................................................. 10-3
Wear indicators ........................................................ 11-25
Welcome lighting function ........................................... 3-64
Wheel
Alloy.................................................................... 11-28
Balance ............................................................... 11-25
Nut tightening torque...................................... 12-8, 12-9
Replacement ........................................................ 11-28
Windows................................................................... 2-28
Windshield
Washer fluid ......................................................... 11-29
Wiper and washer switches .................................... 3-74
Wiper blades ........................................................ 11-30
Wiper deicer.......................................................... 3-86
Winter
Driving.................................................................... 8-8
Tires........................................................... 8-10, 11-21
Wiper and washer...................................................... 3-73
Wiper deicer.............................................................. 3-86
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2007/ 6/ 22
Black plate (2,1)
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2007/ 6/ 22
(2,1)
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————————————————————
Left Page
Model "ALL_MODEL_MEMO" EDITED: 2017/ 11/ 6
(2,1)